Mandatory

AN COMPANY SIL-1297/1235 -E01

Technical Service
RE :CYCLE-4 UPDATE 1995

Dear Colleagues,

AutoDELFIA Software version 1.2 is now ready.

Order no. for cycle-4 update kit including the software is C556-100.
We are ready for the kit shipments in June 95. Contact Riitta Janhunen for F.O.C.
orders with the instrument serial numbers.
Notice Update kit contains items which must be stored in a refrigerator.

To run V 1.2 software the following checking and modifications in the 1297 Sample
Processor and 1235 Plate Processor are required:

1297
• Replace power supply pcb FPE
• Replace the EPROMs on ROSYS pcbs ROC & ROF with V1.27
• Calibrate all unit coordinates

1235
• Replace the Peltier controller pcb FPF with new FPR
• Check Samarium signal level
• Test all temperature control units
• Calibrate all unit coordinates

One set of temperature control units will be supplied to each country. When you find
a faulty unit send it immediately back to Wallac for replacement.

Detailed instructions are included in the update kit.

Estimated time for the update is 2 days.

This is our first official AutoDELFIA SIL. Further on all information is given normally
by SIL's.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 21 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 FAX
FIN -20101 Turku +358 - 21 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
AN COMPANY SIL-1297/1235 -E02
Technical Service
RE : General Information 1995
1297/1235 Service Manual V1.20
Changes in 1297 Sample Processor
Changes in 1235 Plate Processor
1235-201 Service Kit

Dear Colleagues,

This SIL makes public the latest changes in AutoDELFIA and in 1235 / 1297 Service
Manual. It also reminds you of the safety rules which always must be followed when
working on AutoDELFIA.

GENERAL INFORMATION
HEALTH AND SAFETY
This is to remind you that you must use laboratory gloves to protect yourself
when doing service or maintenance for AutoDELFIA. Please study carefully health
and safety information in the 1235 / 1297 Service Manual, section 1A.

INSTALLATION
In many cases the T-connector and terminators have been installed in the wrong
way. This may cause intermittent communication problems. Please check that the T-
connector and terminators are installed as shown below:

RS-485 TERMINATOR
(if only PP installed)

TERMINATOR

More information about

TO THE PC
installation is given in the
1235/1297 Service Manual,
section 1B.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/6 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 21 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 FAX
FIN -20101 Turku +358 - 21 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

INSTALLATION REPORT

Please remember to fill the installation report and send it to Wallac Technical Service.

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE

Periodic maintenance has to be carried out in due time to avoid insufficient

preventative maintenance failures. Follow the instructions in the Service Manual,
sections 1D and 1E.

1235 / 1297 SERVICE MANUAL V1.20

1235 / 1297 Service Manual, updated to software version 1.2 level, is now available
and can be ordered foc. The order number is 1235 - 950.

The most important changes compared to V1.10 manual are listed below:
• Periodic maintenance instructions. Updated
• Functions and performance checks. New
• Installation instructions. Updated
• Coordinates for 1297 Wash1, Wash2 and Waste positions. Updated
• Creating a Node #3 EEPROM. New
• Spare part catalogue. New

1297 SAMPLE PROCESSOR

1297 PROBE SET 10860099

A lot number is introduced in the 1297 probe set 10860099. In case of any quality
problems please inform us the lot number.

PERISTALTIC PUMP

11521043 Connector for the peristaltic pump

inlet tube breaks easily when
CLAMP installing or removing the tube.

Keep few spare connectors

1 2 3 11521043 in your service kit.

Fig. 1 There were no tube guides on the oldest peristaltic pump clamp. The
tubes tend to slide against the roller flange and the outmost tube(s) started
to leak after rubbing against the roller flange for some time .
Fig. 2 To solve the problem the teflon tapes were used to guide the tubes.
Fig. 3 Latest clamp has a groove guiding the tubes.
The new clamp is available as a spare part. If you wish, you can replace the old
clamp with a new one. The price for the clamp today is FIM 250.

95/11/01 PAGE 2 / 6 SIL-1297/1235-E01

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

PLUNGER FOR THE SYRINGE

Plungers are available separately. Order number is 11950414 and the price today is
FIM 72. Replace the plungers every 6 months and the whole syringe every 12
months.

NO Z-RACK OILING IN 1297-014

It is not allowed to oil Z-racks in 1297-014 (=sample processor with new

electronics).

CABLE CLAMP FOR THE ROSYS FLAT CABLE

The plastic cable clamp, fixing the flat cable to the Rosys electronics, is often loose.
A new metal clamp is available for fixing the cable.

New bronze clamp looks like this.

Remove the old plastic clamp.

ROA
Install the new clamp to the Rosys electronic
unit metal base plate as shown alongside.

Check that clamp is securely fixed. If not, you

may have to bend the clamp until it fits tight.

ROA
Push the flat cable into the clamp as shown in
the drawings.

R
Move the arm to the left and right extremes
O
D and check that the cable travels smoothly.

WASTE BOTTLE SENSOR

Sometimes 1297 gives a false "waste bottle full"

message. This is due to the dirt in the waste bottle cap,
between the level sensor pins.

Carefully clean the cap and slide piece of plastic tube

(shrinking) over the sensor pins. Use silicone to seal the
tubing.
SILICONE

PLASTIC TUBE

95/11/01 PAGE 3 / 6 SIL-1297/1235-E01

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

1297 BOTTLE UNITS

Two different bottle units are used in 1297 Sample Processor:

10859894 Old "Jerry jug" bottles including 10860237 2,5m rinse tubes
10860239 1,9m+0,4m peristaltic pump inlet
tube.
10860833 New "cylinder" bottles including 10860237 2,5m rinse tubing
11183010 1,9m+0,4m peristaltic pump inlet
tube.

Oldest 1297 Sample Processors have no hole for the tubes through the instrument
body. Tubes are longer in these instruments than in instruments with the hole.

10859768 Includes long (2,5m) tubes from the valves to the Z-racks and tubes
from the peristaltic pump to the valves. This set can be used in all
sample processors. Cut the tubes to 1,85m if used in 1297-004 with
the body hole for the tubes.

1297-004 is a Sample Processor with Rosys electronics.

1297-014 is a Sample Processor with new electronics.

Following table shows all combinations that can be found in the field. Note that parts
printed in bold italic are not included in the bottle unit.

TYPE HOLE BOTTLE UNIT TUBE SET

1297-004 NO OLD 10860075 Long (3,5m) rinse tubes
10859769 Long (2,6m+0,4m) peristaltic pump inlet
tube
10859768 Long (2,5m) tubes from valves to Z-racks
1297-004 YES OLD 10860237 Short (2,5m) rinse tubes
10860239 Short (1,9m+0,4m) peristaltic pump inlet tube
10860235 Short (1,85m) tubes from valves to Z-
racks
1297-004 NO NEW 10860075 Long (3,5m) rinse tubes
NOTE RYD 11183010 Long (2,6m+0,4m) peristaltic pump inlet
tube
10859768 Long (2,5m) tubes from valves to Z-racks
1297-004 YES NEW 10860237 Short (2,5m) rinse tubes
NOTE RYD 11183010 Short (1,9m+0,4m) peristaltic pump inlet tube
10860235 Short (1,85m) tubes from valves to Z-
racks
1297-014 YES OLD 10860237 Short (2,5m) rinse tubes
10860239 Short (1,9m+0,4m) peristaltic pump inlet tube
10859768 Long (2,5m) tubes from valves to probes
1297-014 YES NEW 10860237 Short (2,5m) rinse tubes
11183010 Short (1,9m+0,4m) peristaltic pump inlet tube
10859768 Long (2,5m) tubes from valves to probes

NOTE RYD RYD liquid monitor board is needed when the new bottle unit is used in
1297-004.

95/11/01 PAGE 4 / 6 SIL-1297/1235-E01

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

INSTALLING RYD LIQUID MONITOR TO THE 1297-004

Part list for the modification:

ORDER NO QTY NAME

10860607 1 RYD Liquid Monitor

10860800 1 Sensor connection unit
11276015 4 Screw
10861313 1 Cable CA206
10861008 1 Cable CA190

• Replace the RQQ with the RYD Liquid

RFE ROF Monitor pcb 10860607
K15 +5V
33V
• Install the cable 10861313 as shown in
10861008 ROF the drawing alongside.
+24V
• Install the cable 10861008 between
K2 K3

RYD FPE RYD K2 and RFE K15.

K7
10861313
K1 • Fix the sensor connection unit to the
K1 back panel using four screws
11276015.
10860800
SENSOR CONNECTION UNIT
• Connect the connection unit to the
RYD.
• Connect the liquid sensors from the
bottles to the connection unit.

1235 - 201 SPARE PART KIT

New PCB's for the 1297-014 have been added to the kit. Update kit, 1235-210, is
available to update your old service kit. The price for the 1235-210 is FIM 7500.

1235 PLATE PROCESSOR

VACUUM FILTER

New filter assembly, 10461470 (=11330021 + 2 x 11521048), is now used in 1235

vacuum tube, (section 1B page 2). The price today for the filter assembly is FIM 500.

DOSE CORRECTION FACTOR FOR THE REAGENT PIPETTES

When setting parameters for the reagent pipettes use and KA-value only
after pipette replacement (section 3H page 2/7). The calibrated dose value is set
after 4 plate scaling test (section 3H page 5/7).

95/11/01 PAGE 5 / 6 SIL-1297/1235-E01

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

NEW PLATE HEIGHT SENSOR CONSTRUCTION

Latest Plate Processors have modified plate height sensor construction and therefore
changed adjustment procedure.

MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT

Î Î Î Î

Î Program asks Î Î Manually move

the frame with the frame and
test plate into test plate under
X-conveyor. the sensor flags
This must be
done by hand.

Adjust screwsc so that the sensor flagsd are 0.1 ± 0.1mm above level A, not
touching the level A.

cADJUSTMENT SCREWS
dSENSOR FLAG
eTEST PLATE PIN
fLEVEL A
gFRAME

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy

95/11/01 PAGE 6 / 6 SIL-1297/1235-E01

 Advisory
AN COMPANY SIL-1297/1235 -E03
Technical Service
RE : ENHANCEMENT DISPENSER 1996
LCC GROUNDING
MAINTENANCE KITS
NEW ARCNET BOARDS

Dear Colleagues,

Some 1235 Plate Processors are using too much enhancement solution for a run.
The enhancement pump runs long time before starting dispensing to the plate and
while dispensing the dispensing head may go back to waste position and the pump
runs again long time before continuing dispensing to the plate. Sometimes an error
message "No enhancement solution found..." is given even though the bottle is full.

10859773 BOTTLE UNIT

The reason for these problems could be
the old type bottle unit where the bottle
holders are made of aluminum.

Aluminum oxide may grow inside the

bottle holder squeezing the tube.

OLD There is an easy way to test the

oxidization: Loosen the white screw
retaining the tube. Try moving the tube
up and down. If it moves free then there
is no oxide in the bottle holder.
1085 9125 TUBE UNIT 3
The new bottle holders, used from S/N
10859275 TUBE UNIT 2
2350239 onwards, are made of
stainless steel.

NEW
Replace the old bottle unit with the new
one, part number 10859773. The price
for the new unit is FIM 500,-.

NOTE: Tube units 10859125 and

10859275 are not included in the
bottle unit 10859773.

ADDRESS PAGE 1 / 4 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 21 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 FAX
FIN -20101 Turku +358 - 21 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

INPUT / OUTPUT VALVES

If the enhancement pump is

leaking, i.e. drops from the output
TOOL TO REMOVE THE VALVE
11510034 tube when the pump is idle, then
replace the output valve and
gasket, 10850582.
OUTPUT VALVE
10860582 Use special tool 11510034 to
remove the valve.

INPUT VALVE
10860581
Í Leaking output valve.

LCC GROUNDING

After replacing the LCC make sure that all six

screws are properly mounted.

LCC
The grounding of the LCC is done through the
mounting screws. Loose or missing screw(s)
cause intermittent faults (node not found etc...).

Order number for the screws are:

screw length
11260037 15 mm
11260047 20 mm
11260044 31,7 mm

96/01/10 PAGE 2 / 4 SIL-1297/1235-E03

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

MAINTENANCE KITS

Following maintenance kits are available for 1235/1297:

6 MONTH MAINTENANCE KIT, 10861665

PART NUMBER QTY NAME

10860404 1 Peristaltic pump tubing

11950414 4 Plunger for the syringe
10860099 1 Probe set

11410013 2 Pipette
11330019 1 Air filter
10859001 1 Filter 1μ

The price for the 6 month maintenance kit is FIM 2930,- (1. March 1996).

12 MONTH MAINTENANCE KIT, 10860410

PART NUMBER QTY NAME

10860404 1 Peristaltic pump tubing

10860099 1 Probe set
11410015 4 Syringe
11520021 4 Valve
10860075 1 Rinse tubing for 1297
10859768 1 Tube set

11410013 2 Pipette
11330019 1 Air filter
10459896 3 Filter
10859001 1 Filter 1μ
10461470 1 Filter 2μ

The price for the 12 month maintenance kit is FIM 7850,- (1. March 1996).

The part number for this kit is same as for the old maintenance kit but the contents is
different. Therefore the price is higher than in the price list dated 1. Apr. 1995.

96/01/10 PAGE 3 / 4 SIL-1297/1235-E03

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

NEW ARCNET BOARDS

The arcnet interface boards RQX and RQV have been replaced with RGG (1086
1420) and RGF (1086 1417) for better EMC. If one of the old boards needs to be
replaced then also the other board must be replaced as well.

LEGAL COMBINATIONS

RGG with RGF

RQX with RQV

ILLEGAL COMBINATIONS

RGG
0 RQV

RQX
0 RGF

RGG / RQX RGF / RQV

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

96/01/10 PAGE 4 / 4 SIL-1297/1235-E03

 Advisory
AN COMPANY SIL-1297/1235 -E04
Technical Service
RE : Returning parts used with serum samples 1996
New LCC version 'LCC-C' 10861287
LCC Switch settings and motor currents
Maintenance kits (correction for previous info)
Reagent pipette stepping errors
Problem with pcAnywhere V2.03

Dear Colleagues,

The following parts or units dealing with serum samples must not be sent back to
Wallac. They will not be repaired.

1297 Sample Processor 10359226 Probe

1297-407 1297-409 Diluent vessel
10550206 10550230 Waste bottle
10859892 10860810 Waste level sensor
10359763 Wash position

1235 Plate Processor 10858568 Disk remover

10456237 Suction pipe
10458604 Piston
10358615 Box
10858570 Washer
10358593 Manifold
10358953 Upper basin
10858621 X-Conveyor
10858448 Lift
10858332 Incubator
10858527 Measuring unit
10550202 Waste bottle
10859648 Waste level sensor
10859001 10859467 Tubing
10859468 Tubing
10859154 Valve unit 1
10258959 Intermediate tank
1235-415 Waste pump option
10858709 Frame
1235-401 Dilution vessel
10158289 Reagent cassette

ADDRESS PAGE 1/5 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 21 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 21 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

1296-031 Puncher 10859654 10854445 Punch unit

10860487 10860486 Punch unit
10454447 10460226 Punch
10454448 Base plate
10454449 10460214 Guide
10354436 10360217 Cassette

1296-061 Disk remover 10856356 Remove unit

10456232 Piston
10456237 Suction pipe
10356236 Box
10354436 Cassette

1296-062 Vacuum unit 10950317 Waste bottle, cap and tubing

11550217 Waste bottle
10456249 Cap
10856362 Waste level sensor

Adil washers 1296-024 1296-026

35B120 40B120AB Manifold
35B197 35B166 Waste bottle, cap and tubing
35B165 Waste bottle
35B180 35B167 Cap and tubing
40B210 Plate support
35B180....... 35B186 All parts for 8 l waste bottle

TomTec Harvester All parts which are in contact with serum.

96/04/26 PAGE 2/5 SIL-1297/1235-E04

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

MAINTENANCE KITS

There is a mistake in SIL-1297/1235-E03. The 1μ filter part number was wrong in the
maintenance kit (and in the Periodic Maintenance instructions in SECTION 1D PAGE
1/7) and the prices for the kits were too high.

Correct part lists and prices are:

6 MONTH MAINTENANCE KIT, 10861665

PART NUMBER QTY NAME

10860404 1 Peristaltic pump tubing

11950414 4 Plunger for the syringe
10860099 1 Probe set

11410013 2 Reagent pipette repair kit

11330019 1 Air filter
11950327 1 Filter 1μ (first time only)

The price for the 6 month maintenance kit is FIM 2000,- (1. March 1996).

12 MONTH MAINTENANCE KIT, 10860410

PART NUMBER QTY NAME

10860404 1 Peristaltic pump tubing

10860099 1 Probe set
11410015 4 Syringe
11520021 4 Valve
10860075 1 Rinse tubing for 1297
10859768 1 Tube set

11410013 2 Reagent pipette repair kit

11330019 1 Air filter
10459896 3 Filter
10461470 1 Filter 2μ

The price for the 12 month maintenance kit is FIM 6920,- (1. March 1996).

96/04/26 PAGE 3/5 SIL-1297/1235-E04

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

NEW LCC VERSION, LCC-C, 10861287

LCC-C is an improved version of LCC CPU-board. It replaces all older versions of

LCC, LCC-A and LCC-B.

New features

• Reset source detection.

• 256 byte read only EEPROM for LCC internal parameters such as PLD versions,
FLASH memory type etc.
• Motor currents can be set at any time which was not possible in older versions.
• +24V supply is not needed except when driving motors.

LCC SWITCH SETTINGS AND MOTOR CURRENTS

Please replace the old "7.0 SWITCH SETTINGS AND MOTOR CURRENTS" in 1297/1235
Service Manual section 1G page 1/4 with the new one supplied with this SIL.
Note that the settings for the 1297-004 (= old sample processor) and 1297-014
(= sample processor with the new arm) are different.

REAGENT PIPETTE STEPPING ERRORS

Some reagent pipettes have been replaced in the field even the pipette has not been
faulty. This happened because the meaning of the following two error messages was
misunderstood.

Up-down mover stepping error

Up-down mover stepping difference xxxxx
Up-down mover stepping error.
This error means that the motor moving the whole pipette up and down had lost xxxx
steps i.e. xxxx extra steps were needed to move the pipette back to the sensor.
The reason can be mechanical jamming or motor to cogwheel belt is too tight.

Pipette mover stepping error.

Pipette mover stepping difference xxxx
Pipette mover stepping error.
This is the stepping error for the motor inside the pipette. In this case update the
Plate Processor software to V1.2 Release 5 or V1.3 Release 2 (both available in a
few weeks). If error message still appears the reagent pipette (left or right) should be
replaced.

96/04/26 PAGE 4/5 SIL-1297/1235-E04

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

PROBLEM WITH pcAnywhere V2.03

We have lately had a serious problem with the AutoDELFIA Workstation program
after installing pcAnywhere. The following message occurs when selecting a function
that includes the Temperature and pressure panel, for example Load consumables,
Washer test and Start run:

We have found a reason to this problem. Symantec, the manufacturer of

pcAnywhere, has changed the internal version in V2.0. We have earlier used V2.00
and V2.01 without any problems. This problem occurs with pcAnywhere for Windows
V2.03, which has been delivered since about December last year.
You can see the version number by looking at the time stamp for the files on the
diskette using e.g. the File Manager. Time 2:01:00 means V2.01 and 2:03:00 means
V2.03, see below. You can also see the version number in fine print inside a "serial"
number on the diskette label. A number ending with ...PCWS2034IN means V2.03.
Our recommendation is that you make copies of your old pcAnywhere V2.01 (or
V2.00) diskettes and install these to the customer sites where they have had this
system resource problem. You can also order pcAnywhere V2.01 from us.
We will from now on ship pcAnywhere V2.01 together with the AutoDELFIA PC.
We have informed Symantec about this problem.

Tom Söderback Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

96/04/26 PAGE 5/5 SIL-1297/1235-E04

 Advisory
AN COMPANY SIL-1297/1235 E0-5
Technical Service
RE : SIX MONTH MAINTENANCE KIT 7 January, 2011

Dear Colleagues,

As from today the 1 µ filter (1195 0327) will be removed from the six month
maintenance kit (1086 1665). This is because we recommend to use always 2 µ
filter (1046 1470) for more reliable function of vacuum system. The 2 µ filter is
included in the 12 month maintenance kit (1086 0410). As a reminder the 2 µ filter
must be replaced once in a year.

See the SIL E0-4 for the contents of the maintenance kits.

Helmeri Pajunen

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 21 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 21 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
AN COMPANY SIL-1297/1235 -E06
Technical Service
RE : New material in 1297-014 probe holder 25 September, 1996
1297 standard tray cooling element
UM62256D-70LL on node 21 in 1297-014
Strip reading problem
New suction head for 1235 diskremover
New ball bearings in reagent dispensers
Tool for std- and dilution-tray coordinates
Dear Colleagues,

Following mechanical modifications have been made in AutoDELFIA. We have also

found some problems with certain components which are informed below.

New material in 1297-014 probe holder

The material of the 1297-014 probe holder, gycoloy 210076701,
has been changed to nylon + 30% fiberglass.

If the probe holder is cracked as in the drawing the whole Z-rack

10860368 must be replaced. Replace all four Z-racks at the
same time to avoid same problem in other holders. The Z-racks
will be fixed by replacing the probe holders hence send the old
crack ones back to Wallac in original packing to avoid transport
damages.

New probe holders will be used from S/N 2970330 onwards.

1297 standard tray cooling element

We have received few reports about 1297 standard tray where the cooling does not
work. The condensed water has entered into the element damaging it. To avoid this
the heat sink has been modified and the element replaced by a new type element,
p/n 11691002. These modifications have been made from S/N 2970300 onwards.

Please let us know if you have noticed this problem and in how many systems?
Further information about corrective actions will be given after we have received your
feedback.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/4 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

UM62256D-70LL ( 11814042 ) on node 21 in 1297-014

1297 - 014 REAR VIEW Problems with RAM
UMC UM62256D-70LL on
node 21 in the new type sample
processor, 1297-014. The arm
made wrong movements due to
the ram failures.
NODE 21
LCC
The two RFF boards, connected
RFF to node 21, increase the data
bus capacitance. UM62256D-
70LL is not capable to drive
such 'high capacitive' load
hence this type of ram can not
be used in node 21. In other
WALLAC PROCESSOR BOARD LCC 1055 7911 E

IC23
RAM

RAM
FLASH
IC23

nodes it can be used.

FLASH
EXT.NMI
S2

NO !
S6
1 2 3 4

There should not be any of

WALLAC PROCESSOR BOARD LCC 1055 7911

WR CTRL
S7
VPP/FA18

these rams in the field but if you

find problems in 1297 S/N
UMC
UM62256D-70LL 2970279 - 2970302 then check
the ram chip on node 21.
LCC - B LCC - C
5V

5V

If you replace node 21 check

the ram type on your spare LCC
7V

7V

board.

Following rams have been tested, not all used, in LCC-C:

Y = Yes, can be used

MANUF. TYPE X = Yes, can be used, not recommended
N = No, can not be used
GOLDSTAR GM 76C256 ALL-70 Y Not on LCC, LCC-A, LCC-B
Hitachi HM 62256 LP-10 X
Hitachi HM 62256 BLP-10 N
MHS HM 3E-66756N-9 Y
NEC D43256BCZ-70LL Y
SAMSUNG KM62256 CLP-7 Y
SAMSUNG KM 622256 ALP-8 X
SONY CXK 58257 AP-10LL X
SONY CXK 58257 AP-70L X
SEIKO SRM 20256 LC 12 X
UMC UM62256 D-70LL N
UMC UM62256 B -10L Y
UMC UM62256 E - 70LL X

96/09/25 PAGE 2/4 SIL-1297/1235-E06

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Strip reading problem

This same problem was informed in AutoDELFIA Software news, Week 27, No 8/96.

We have lately had several reports about false "Strips missing" messages, mainly
during run. The reason for this error could be the distance between the strip sensor
and the plate, which maybe is too big. If you have this problem you should try to rise
the sensor by putting a spacer for both of the screws holding the sensor. The spacer
should be 2 - 3 mm and comes between the sensor and the lift, see the picture
below. You could maybe need longer screws.

STRIP SENSOR
SPACER 2,5 mm
SCREW

NUT

Strips which are wet on the downside can easily give false "Strips missing"
messages. Especially TSH Ultra plates seem to be critical. So please tell your
customers to check that the strips are dry on the outside before loading the plates.

We have also a software error causing a run failure after this message in case
nobody is there answering it, see the AutoDELFIA Software News 7/96 for further
details.

New suction head for 1235 disk remover

OLD NEW
ROUND SQUARE The suction head of disk
remover has been
SHARP SMOOTH modified to avoid paper
CORNER CURVE
disks blocking in the
suction pipe or jam
between the piston and the
valve block causing
vacuum leakage.
10358615 10462130
Please note that the new
10458604 10462127 piston can not be used
with the old valve block.

Replace the complete suction head, part number 10861894, if the old one is causing
problems. The new type head is factory installed in S/N 2350340 and onwards. The
new suction head should be replaced in all instruments running NEO - kits. Vacuum
filter must be the big 2μ type (p/n 1046 1470). Remember to use gloves when
working on disk remover. Do not send the old parts back to Wallac.

The new construction has been tested in 6 plate processors and several hundreds of
plates with blood disks have been aspirated so far without a single aspiration
problem.

96/09/25 PAGE 3/4 SIL-1297/1235-E06

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

New ball bearings in reagent dispensers

LEFT RIGHT
10461923 10461924 Glycodur bearings have been
MOTOR MOUNTING replaced with ball bearings in
10459065 reagent dispenser module.

This modification has been made

to decrease the friction in pipette
up/down movement.

At the same time the motor

mounting, 10459065, has been
modified. The new one is stronger
and does not bend when tightening
the belt.

BALL BEARINGS Replace the left (10461923) and

right (10461924) parts if there are
pipette up/down mover errors.
Replace also the two motor
mountings 10459065.

See also SIL 1297/1235-E04.

These modifications have been

made from S/N 2350336 onwards.

Tool for std- and dilution-tray coordinates

The installation kit includes four bushings 10461316 which are meant to
help X- and Y-coordinate setting for 1297 standard and dilution trays as
well as probe alignment. Insert the bushings into the holes in standard /
dilution trays where you set the coordinates. Adjust the X- and Y-
coordinates so that the probe is pointing exactly into the small hole in the
bushing.

These tools were not included in the older installation kits hence you should have a
personal set.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

96/09/25 PAGE 4/4 SIL-1297/1235-E06

 Advisory
AN COMPANY SIL-1297/1235 -E07
Technical Service
RE : UPS PWA 30/1,25 25 October, 1996
Standard tray peltier element and heat sink

Dear Colleagues,

NEW UPS PWA 30/1,25

The old UPS, PS 20/1,2, has been replaced with the new type UPS, PWA 30/1,25.
The new order number is 1221-577. The old one is not available anymore.

Specifications:
Input Voltage 220/230/240
Voltage range 150 - 276 Vac without using batteries
Frequency 45 Hz to 65 Hz
Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac
Frequency 50/60 Hz ± 3%
Overload capacity 110% 4 sec.
Output Sockets 3 x IEC320
Battery Type Sealed lead-acid, maintenance free
Back-up time 1250VA 7min (app. 25 min. with AutoDELFIA)
Recharge time 8 hours to 80% capacity

Control features User interface Monitoring LEDs. UPS On, On Battery, Low
Battery, Alarm
Physical Operating temperature +10°C to + 40°C
Storage temperature -20°C to +60°C
Humidity 5 - 95% non-condensing
Ventilation Fan cooling
Safety EN 50091-1
EMC EN 50091-2
Weight 15 kg
Dimensions W x D x H 142 x 400 x 252 mm

Please find the important information on the next two pages about the UPS and
AutoDELFIA installation.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/4 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

1297 / 1235 / UPS INSTALLATION

IMPORTANT

AutoDELFIA must always be connected to the mains with protective

ground. If the grounding is bad the sample processor's liquid detection
may be unreliable. The same problem may occur if an UPS has
inductance (choke) in the ground lead. The inductance between input and
output ground must be < 10μH.

In case the protective ground is cut the sample processor's frame is floating forming
an 50 Hz alternate electric field between the frame and environment. This electric
field modulates 70 kHz signal used in liquid detection and may cause false liquid
detection. The same may happen if there is an inductive coil in the ground lead
because then the frame is not grounded properly for high frequencies like 70 kHz.

The grounding can be done by connecting a wire (min. 2,5 mm2, yellow / green) from
the 1297 sample processor's earth screw to the mains protective ground. If this
ground is not good then the ground wire can be connected to the earth bar if
available or to the water supply line or heating radiator (with metal piping).

The ground wire should be as short as possible but long enough to allow moving the
instrument without disconnecting the wire in case of service. Coiling the wire is not
allowed. Use separate wire to ground the 1235 plate processor.

Run a liquid detection test from the 1297 service program to confirm that the liquid
detection works.

96/10/25 PAGE 2/4 SIL-1297/1235-E07

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

POWER
I

1235
FUSES MAINS
6.25 A T 115 V
3.00 A T 230 V
550 VA 50/60 Hz

MAINS
MAINS INLET
230V

VOLTAGE

485-ARCNET

A ARCNET B

1297
POWER
I
FUSES 4A T MAINS 115V
FUSES 2A T MAINS 230V
300VA 50/60Hz

485-ARCNET

MAINS O

230V

VOLTAGE

POWER
I

FUSES MAINS
6.25 A T 115 V
3.00 A T 230 V
550 VA 50/60 Hz

MAINS
MAINS INLET
230V

POWER
VOLTAGE I
FUSES 4A T MAINS 115V
FUSES 2A T MAINS 230V
300VA 50/60Hz
485-ARCNET

485-ARCNET

MAINS O
A ARCNET B
230V

VOLTAGE

2
m
> 2,5 m
n
/ gree
yellow

PC
GROUND
MONITOR
UPS PWA 30/1,25
PRINTER

MAINS

96/10/25 PAGE 3/4 SIL-1297/1235-E07

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

STANDARD TRAY PELTIER ELEMENT AND HEAT SINK

Condensed water may enter into the 1297 standard tray peltier element damaging it.
To avoid this the heat sink, 10259497, has been modified and the element replaced
by a new type element, new p/n 11691002. These modifications have been made
from S/N 2970300 onwards.

If cooling does not work replace both the element and the heat sink. USE GLOVES
when working on standard unit.

Remove the standard unit as explained in 1235/1297 Service Manual section 2R,
page 1/1.

Empty the wash vessel by turning the standard unit upside down on a sink, then dry
the vessel.
OPEN
Open the three screw to remove the support plate.

In the new type units with pcb RFK the cables have
to be disconnected before the support plate can be
removed.

OPEN

REMOVE

OPEN
Open these eight screws and remove the fan and
the heat sink cover.

Open these two screws and remove the heat sink.

Remove the faulty peltier element and clean the

contact surface.
OPEN

Install a new peltier element. NOTE DIRECTION. Apply

a thin layer of thermal compound (Dow Corning 340
heat sink compound) on both upper and lower sides
of the element (not on the sides). Extend the cables
if necessary. Use the insulation tubes from the old
element.
PELTIER
Install the new heat sink. Apply a little of G-n plus
RQN / RFK
Molycote crease on the screw thread. Tighten the
RED BLACK
+ PELTIER -
screws in turns up to 15 cm-kg (13 inch-lbs) torque.
Use 2,5 cm-kg (2 inch-lbs) steps.

Install all the parts and adjust the coordinates for standard tray, wash1, wash2 and
waste. Check the cooling.

96/10/25 PAGE 4/4 SIL-1297/1235-E07

 Advisory

Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 -E08

RE : Cycle-5 Update 22, November 1996

New chemicals

Dear Colleagues,

AutoDELFIA Software version 1.4 is now ready.

Order no. for cycle-5 update kit including the software is C561-100.
We are ready for the kit shipments in December 96. Contact Riitta Janhunen for
F.O.C. orders with the instrument serial numbers.
Notice Racks #75...82, order no. 1297-413, must be ordered separately for the old
type Sample Processor. These racks are needed only for standard
pretreatment with e.g. B12 and Folate kits.

Update kit contains items which must be stored in a refrigerator.

The main changes are the possibility to do the pretreatment of samples for B12 and
Folate and the new reagent rack offering space for more dilution vessels. Several
other features are included like test routines for accreditation purposes. More
information will be given in the AutoDELFIA Software News, No 12/96 and in
AutoDELFIA Software Version 1.4 Information Package.

Updates should in the first hand be made to those starting to run B12 and for those
to whom the number of dilution vessels have been a limiting factor in utilising
AutoDELFIA to its full extent. For other AutoDELFIA users the update should be
made in conjunction with a scheduled service call.

The V1.4 software can use only the new reagent rack. Instruments that have been
updated to V1.3 or V1.4 beta have already the new reagent rack. In this case only
the software needs to be updated.

Attached is a copy of the "V1.4 Update Kit" part list and "Cycle-5 Update Check
List" explaining which modifications and checking are required to run V1.4 software.

Detailed instructions are included in the update kit.

Estimated time for the update is 1 day.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

New chemicals

Please study carefully the attached "Material safety data sheets" about the
hazardous ingredients, DTT Lyophilized and Releasing Agent NaOH used in B12 kit.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

96/11/22 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1297/1235-E08

 Advisory

Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 -E09

RE : Waste pool flooding 13, December 1996

Dear Colleagues,

Due to bad plumbing the waste pool can occasionally flood via the cooling unit’s
condensation pool into the instrument.
To prevent this random phenomenon, the tubing from the cooling unit’s pool is re-
routed. The tubing diameter is also made smaller to improve suction from the waste
pool. Due to the thinner tubing the T-adapters must also be replaced.

We highly recommend that you do this modification during your next service visit.

We will supply the new tubing set with T-adapters F.O.C when ordered.

The order number for the set is 1086 2385.

INSTRUCTIONS

• Remove the back panel.

• Remove the old tubing and T-adapters (see picture, next page)

• Install the new tubing with new T-adapters (see picture, next page)

• Ensure that none of the tubing is not flatten, especially pay attention to the
valve joints.

• Replace the back cover.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

COOLING UNIT
OLD ROUTE
OLD TUBING

COOLING UNIT VACUUM VACUUM VACUUM PRESSU RE

OLD TUBING

CONDENSATION POOL OLD T-ADAPTERS

COOLING UNIT
NEWTUBING370 mm NEW ROUTE
NEWTUBING400 mm

COOLING UNIT VACUUM VACUUM VACUUM PRESSU RE

NEWTUBING
210 mm

CONDENSATION POOL
NEWT-ADAPTER 1152 1034 NEWT-ADAPTER 1152 1037

NEWTUBING 1114 1031

Note! The condensation pool and the waste pool can be seen only from the front of
the instrument.

96/12/13 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1297/1235-E09

 Mandatory

Technical Support SIL-1297/1235 -E10

RE : Error in Software V1.4 10, January 1997

Dear Colleagues,

Error in V1.4 when using MultiCalc defined dilutions

We have found an error in the V1.4 software. This concerns patient sample dilutions
defined in the MultiCalc assay protocols.

Defining sample dilutions in the MultiCalc assay protocol, for example 2 UNKN = 50
in the CODING sections, can cause that the primary and dilution tubes get different
codes when using sequential input in Create list or when loading a worklist. This can
happen anywhere in the list.

You will notice this error because samples are missing in the racks. You will also see
the wrong codes by checking the plate map. Using barcoded samples will also give
error messages because the samples are not where they should be or they are
missing.

This error can be avoided by removing the dilutions from the assay protocol. The
dilutions should instead be defined in the worklist (e.g. 123456 : 50 or 123456 :
1 50) or by entering the dilution factor if using Create list. So please check all
MultiCalc assay protocols after the V1.4 update and remove the '= xx' after
UNKN in the CODING and CODING2 sections! Especially customers running hCG
or SHBG have often assay protocol defined dilutions.

Due to the seriousness of this error we will from now on include an agreement
sheet with the V1.4 program diskettes, where we ask for an agreement from
the customer to not use dilutions defined in the MultiCalc assay protocols.
This agreement has to be returned to us!

Tom Söderback Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Support

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory

Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 -E11

7, February 1997
RE : New AST Pentium PC with AutoDELFIA
Installing AutoDELFIA software into the AST PC
Interrupt (IRQ) for the Wallac Instrument Interface Card
Dear Colleagues,

Following information is also issued in AutoDELFIA Software News, Wk5, No 4/97.

New AST Pentium PC with AutoDELFIA

We have changed the manufacturer of the AutoDELFIA PC. Most of the AutoDELFIA
systems have been delivered with Intel PCs, both 486 and Pentium, and a few
systems were delivered with Compaq PCs. From now on we will use PCs made by
AST Research Inc., a California based PC manufacturer.

New AutoDELFIA systems are now delivered with an AST Bravo MS 5100 PC. It
has a Pentium processor running at 100 MHz, 16 MB RAM and an 1.2 GB hard disk.
We are still using Windows for Workgroups 3.11 with AutoDELFIA.

The order number for the AutoDELFIA laboratory computer is still 1224-107. The
order number for the PC itself is now 1221-587.

1221-587 AutoDELFIA laboratory computer features:

• AST Bravo MS
• 100 MHz Intel Pentium processor (later 133, 166, 200, ... MHz)
• 16 MB of EDO DRAM, upgradable to 192 MB
• 256 or 512 KB cache
• PCI-based 64-bit ATI mach64 VT graphics with 1 MB SGRAM, upgradable to 2 MB
• Integrated 16-bit Creative Labs VibraSoundBlaster audio board
• 2 32-bit PCI, 3 16-bit ISA expansion slots
• 145 W power supply, switchable between 220 VAC and 115 VAC
• PS/2 style mouse and keyboard ports
• 2 serial ports (16550 UART), 1 bi-directional parallel port (changable in bios setup)
• 2 PCI/IDE peripheral connectors on the system board
• 1.44 MB diskette drive
• 1.2 GB (or bigger) Enhanced IDE hard disk
• 4x (or faster) CD-ROM drive in secondary IDE
• Operating temp.: 10° to 35°C, Shipping: -30° to 50°C, Relative humidity (operating): 20 to 90%
• Mid-size desktop (W x H x D): 43.8 x 10.8 x 41.3 cm, weight (approx.): 10 kg
• US ASCII Win95 keyboard
• MS mouse II
• Energy Star and DPMS compliant
• MS-DOS and Windows 3.11
• ASTVision 5L 15" display
These features can be changed without any further notice.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@mail.wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Installing AutoDELFIA software into the AST PC

Display driver

When installing the AutoDELFIA software into the AST PC, the installation program
will probably ask you that "The installation program has detected that a mach64
Driver display driver is currently in use in your system." This is the default display
driver used by the AST. It has been tested with AutoDELFIA and it should be OK to
use this driver. If you anyhow run into trouble with the display or with MultiCalc™
printout you should change to the normal VGA driver. This is done from the
Windows Setup, found in the Main group of the Program Manager. Please select
VGA as Display.

CONFIG.SYS

The AutoDELFIA installation program will probably also ask you if the CONFIG.SYS
file should be updated. Please answer "Do not make any changes". The original
AST CONFIG.SYS file may not be overwritten because it contains device drivers
used by the PC. If the file was overwritten by the installation program then the
original file is stored as CONFIG.WWW. Please then restore the file by copying
CONFIG.WWW to CONFIG.SYS.

The AUTOEXEC.BAT file must be updated because of the MC-CMD setting, see
AutoDELFIA Software News 13/96.

Interrupt (IRQ) for the Wallac Instrument Interface Card

The Wallac Instrument Interface Card (WIIC) in the PC, also called the Arcnet board,
delivered with AutoDELFIA uses interrupt (IRQ) 5, which is the same interrupt
normally used by integrated audio boards. We have therefore changed the interrupt
for the AST SoundBlaster audio board to 10 when delivering the PC. Please notice
this if you buy locally a PC for an AutoDELFIA.

You can also instead change the interrupt for the AutoDELFIA WIIC (Arcnet), for
example from IRQ 5 to 10. This is done by:

1. Changing a jumper on the WIIC board from IRQ 5 to IRQ 10.

2. Changing the line IrqNum=5 to IrqNum=10 in file C:\WINDOWS\WARCNET.INI.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

97/02/07 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1297/1235-E11

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 -E12
RE : Cavro pumps 23 May, 1997
Maintenance kits
Enhancement pump outlet tubing
Waste pump tubing
1297-014 Probe holders
Dear Colleagues,

CAVRO PUMPS
New sample processors, S/N 2970377 – 2970384 and from S/N 2970391 onwards,
are supplied with Cavro XL 3000 pumps instead of Hamilton pumps. Pump #4 has
RS-232 interface while the other three are without the interface. The part number for
Cavro XL 3000 with RS-232 interface is 11710036 and without RS-232 interface
11710037. We recommend that you order 11710036 when you need spare pump
because this can be used in every position by removing the RS-232 interface if used
as 1, 2 or 3.

All four pumps must be either Cavro or Hamilton. Mixing is not possible. The cabling
is also different. During software installation the type of the pumps are checked and
the flashroms are updated accordingly.

Please add the attached copies of the Cavro installation and the Cavro dip switches
to their appropriate place in the 1235/1297 Service Manual.

MAINTENANCE KITS
The order number and the content of the 6 month and 12 month maintenance kit
which include the parts for the Hamilton pump are same as before. The order
number for the kits, including parts for the Cavro pumps are new.

6 MONTH MAINTENANCE KIT, CAVRO, 10862442

PART NUMBER QTY NAME

10860404 1 Peristaltic pump tubing

11410020 4 Seal for the syringe, Cavro
10860099 1 Probe set

11410013 2 Reagent pipette repair kit

11330019 1 Air filter

The price for the 6 month maintenance kit is FIM 2000,- (1. March 1997).

ADDRESS PAGE 1/3 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

12 MONTH MAINTENANCE KIT, CAVRO, 10862441

PART NUMBER QTY NAME

10860404 1 Peristaltic pump tubing

10860099 1 Probe set
11410018 4 Syringe for Cavro
11410019 4 Valve for Cavro
10860075 1 Rinse tubing for 1297
10859768 1 Tube set

11410013 2 Reagent pipette repair kit

11330019 1 Air filter
10459896 3 Filter
10461470 1 Filter 2μ

The price for the 12 month maintenance kit is FIM 6920,- (1. March 1997).

ENHANCEMENT PUMP OUTLET TUBING

The spare part number for the
enhancement pump outlet tubing is 10862148
(complete set).

10862148

WASTE PUMP OPTION

Part number for the tube used in the peristaltic waste

pump is 11141020. Specify in your order how many
meters you need. You have to cut it by yourself. The
length for the pump is 350mm.

Replace the tube once a year.

97/05/23 PAGE 2/3 SIL-1235/1297-E12

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

1297-014 PROBE HOLDER

In few cases the sample processor has stopped just before the probes should go to
detect the liquid surface. The reason for this has been a defective probe holder. The
sample processor performs “fine tuning” for the liquid detection before the probes
starts to go down. If the “fine tuning” fails the sample processor stops.

There is an easy way to find which probe holder is defective: disconnect the Z-rack
cables from the RAR board. Make a liquid detection test from the rack. Now it should
not stop. Of course it will give a message that no liquid found. Connect the Z-rack
cables one by one and make a test until you find the Z-rack which causes the
problem.

There could be a bad contact in the probe holder. In some cases the solder joint has
damaged due to the liquid inside the probe holder. When you install or remove the
tubes be careful not let the liquid enter the probe holders.

The special solder (X-ERGON 281) containing silver is used for the soldering in the
probe holder. It is not possible to use normal solder because of stainless steel in the
Z-rack. From now on the soldering are protected with lacquer coating.

Attachments:

Cavro valve & syringe installation. Section 1B page 7/18.

Cavro switch settings. Section 1G page 5/5.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

97/05/23 PAGE 3/3 SIL-1235/1297-E12

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E13

RE : 1297 Arm Y-movement belt tightness 29 August, 1997

1297 Arm X-movement belt tightness
1297 Conveyor chain tightness
1235 Incubator interface and motor
Hamilton valves
Arm type 3 for 1297-014 in V1.4R4
New barcode reader in 1235
Reagent pipette calibration in V1.4R4
1235 Measuring unit calibration limits
“Mailbox dispr not ready” error message

Dear Colleagues,

1297 ARM Y-MOVEMENT BELT TIGHTNESS.

Worn or too tight / loose Y-belt in 1297 arm may result inaccurate probe positioning.
Replace / adjust the belt when necessary.

2 15cm

200 - 275 g

Move the Z-racks to the home position (inmost position). Check the belt tension
using a spring scale. The check point is 15 cm from the wheel. Preadjust tension to
200 - 275 g. Check that the Y-movement is smooth. Loosen / tighten the belt until the
movement is smooth and the belt tension is within the limits. Secure the adjustment
screws (1) by rise pins (2).

ADDRESS PAGE 1/6 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@ wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

1297 ARM X-MOVEMENT BELT TIGHTNESS.

Due to the small differences in X-movement belts the adjustment for the belt
tightness has been added. The adjustment is standard from 1297 SN 2970414
onwards. If you replace the X-movement belt we recommend that you install the
adjustment parts and adjust the belt tension according to the instructions below.

QTY NAME PART NO NOTE

1 Holder 10459194 Modified
2 Screw M3x35 11271030
4 Rise pin M3x5 11260054

Replace the holder 10459194. New holder has two positions for the wheel axle.
Install the wheel to the inner position as shown in the drawing below.

1 Install the four rise pins 2 and 3 and

the two M3x35 screws 11271030.

11271030
Move the arm to rightmost position
and use the spring scale to check
2 the belt tension.
3 10459194

Adjust the tension to 350 ± 25g using the rise pins (2) to tighten the belt. Secure the
adjustment by the rise pins (3).

ARM

1297 CONVEYOR CHAIN TIGHTNESS

Loose chain in 1297 sampling or transfer lane may cause conveyor jamming.

The jamming may happen on the rear

corner of the sampling lane when the
IF THE CHAIN IS TOO LOOSE THE conveyor runs clockwise and on the
TOOTH MAY JAM AGAINST THE front corner when running counter-
PLATE COVERING THE CHAIN.
clockwise.

Similar jamming may occur on transfer

lane.
CHAIN

CONVEYOR PLATE

97/08/29 PAGE 2/6 SIL-1235/1297-E13

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Check the tightness by pulling the chain from the middle

point. The chain is tight enough if it returns against the
aluminium bar when you release it.

If the chain is loose then remove the conveyor and tighten

ALUMINIUM BAR

ALUMINIUM BAR

the chain(s) by moving the bearing(s).

Test the conveyor using service program as follows:

Put racks onto the conveyor, start the motor test

UNIT - CONVEYOR - MOTORS - TEST select clockwise.

Test also counter-clockwise

HAMILTON VALVES

In some Hamilton valves 11520021 the plastic washers have been damaged
because the spring and washers have not been properly assembled. Due to this
assembling error the valve has jammed causing unrecoverable instrument error in
sample processor.

HAMILTON VALVE 11520021 If you open the valve to check the

washers note that the small metal
Not symmetric ! part which connects the valve to the
motor is not symmetric i.e. note the
direction when you assemble the
valve. Pay particular attention that
the spring goes properly inside the
collar of the washer.
PLASTIC WASHERS

ARM TYPE 3 FOR 1297-014

To improve probe positioning the arm type 3 for 1297-014 has been introduced in
program V1.40 Release 4. If you update 1297-014, where the current program
version is older than V1.4R4, change the arm type from 2 to 3. Align probes on the
standard tray after changing the arm type.

RQH INCUBATOR INTERFACE & MOTOR

When the incubator motor bearing(s) is/are worn out the incubator becomes noisy
and the IC1 on RQH incubator interface may blow. Replace the incubator motor unit
10861062 if the IC1 UDN2936 on RQH incubator interface is blown.

97/08/29 PAGE 3/6 SIL-1235/1297-E13

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

NEW BARCODE READER IN 1235

• New type barcode reader has been introduced in Plate Processor S/N 2350410
and onwards.
• The new reader is of type WELCH ALLYN 3701 / B-2221 (the same type reader
is used also in 1420 Victor Multi Label Reader).

Note: When using this new barcode reader program version 1.4 or higher is required.

Parts needed to replace the old bcr BIU 3060 with Welch Allyn:

Barcode reader Adapter New cable New connection board (RGH)

1171 0035 1036 2759 1046 1920 1086 1475

INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS

Hardware
• Remove the barcode unit.
• Replace the old cable with the
new one.
• Remove RQF connection board
and install RGH.
• Remove the old barcode reader
from its holder.
• Fasten the adapter to the new
reader (narrow end downwards).
• Fasten the barcode reader with
adapter to barcode reader holder.
• Install the unit back to instrument.

Software

• Load the service program.

• Set the BARCODE parameter P4 to “1” as follows:

Important !
When P4 is set to
Ï
”1”, switch the
instrument off and
on. Load the
service program
and do the
initialization.
• Readjust the coordinates.

97/08/29 PAGE 4/6 SIL-1235/1297-E13

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

REAGENT PIPETTE CALIBRATION IN V1.4R4

The software for the reagent pipettes has been modified in V1.4 Release 4. This has
caused the following changes in the pipette calibration:

• The pressure transducer boards used with the pipettes must be RXZ-A.
• The static pressure must be within 417 – 423 before
• The tip test value is higher than with older program versions, typically >40

Static pressure (Tip Sensor) Calibration

Select Left / Right Pipette
c Î Î Î Î Î must be
417-423

d be sure there
is no tip on
Î Î tip test parameter
typically > 40, differs
Î Î
the pipette from pipette to pipette. NOTE ! do
not forget
the saving
e Î should be the same as the tip test parameter

f put a tip on
pipette.
Î Î should be more than the tip test parameter +10
+static pressure correction (±2 units, calculated by the
(1.25 ml ) program).

1235 MEASURING UNIT CALIBRATION LIMITS

We have specified the calibration limits for the 1235 measuring unit. The limits are
specified in the following two pages:

Section 3J Page 13/20 “Calibration with 1nM Europium”

• Calibrate the Eu counts to the supplied Eu-solution certificate value ± 2 %.

Section 1D Page 5/5 “Measuring unit Periodic Maintenance”

• Check the measuring unit with 1 nM Eu solution (B119-100). Calibrate the
counter if the counts differ for more than ± 15% from the supplied Eu certificate.
When calibrating (section 3J, 12.12) the Eu counts should be as per the supplied
certificate value ± 2 %.

97/08/29 PAGE 5/6 SIL-1235/1297-E13

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

“MAILBOX DISPR NOT READY!” WHILE SAVING 1235 COORDINATES

An error message “Mailbox dispr not ready!” may appear while saving parameters
from ALL nodes to the hard disk. This error usually appears with fast computers.

To overcome the error quit the message, select node 7 and save the parameters for
node 7 (right dispenser). Parameters for nodes 1…6 are already saved prior to the
error.

Please replace the following pages in your 1235 AutoDELFIA Service Manual:
Enclosures: 1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 1D PAGE 5/5
1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 2C PAGE 1/2
1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 3H PAGE 3/8
1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 3J PAGE 13/20

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

97/08/29 PAGE 6/6 SIL-1235/1297-E13

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235–E14

RE : New Service Manual 17. September, 1997

Dear Colleagues,

AutoDELFIA Service Manual is now updated with the Software V1.4 instructions and
is labelled as Version 1.40.

Version 1.40 Service Manual contains also instructions for the earlier software
versions.

Documents sent with SIL-1297/1235-E13 are valid with Version 1.40 manual only.

Order f.o.c. manual from Kati Kaivola / Wallac Oy.

Hannu Soini
Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E15

RE : Cavro syringe seal replacement 10. November, 1997

Cavro pump spare part numbers
Periodic maintenance kit order form

Dear Colleagues,

CAVRO SYRINGE SEAL REPLACEMENT

New O-rings are supplied with the seals (11410020) for

the Cavro syringes. Use the new O-ring when replacing
the seal because the old O-ring is damaged easily while
removing the old seal. Follow the instructions below to
replace the seal:
FE
KNI Use a sharp knife and carefully slice the old seal
lengthwise. Remove the old seal from the plunger.

Replace the small O-ring.

Wet the O-ring and plunger tip with distilled water.

Place the new seal on a flat surface with the open end
facing up. Press the plunger tip firmly into the hole until it
snaps into position.

Wet the seal and install the plunger.

CAVRO PUMP SPARE PART NUMBERS

11710036 (Cavro pump with RS-232 interface) has been replaced with 11710037 (=
pump without interface) + 11710043 (= Rs-232 interface). When you order 11710037
the Rs-232 interface will be supplied with the pump.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

PERIODIC MAINTENANCE KIT ORDER FORM

Please use the attached order form when you order AutoDELFIA maintenance kits or
individual maintenance parts.

Attachment: 10990214 Periodic maintenance kit order form

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

97/11/10 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E15

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E16

RE : Wallac Instrument Interface Board (Arcnet) 17. November, 1997

in AutoDELFIA

Dear Colleagues,

There has been problems in getting the SMC arcnet board and therefore Wallac has
bought the rights and the circuit diagrams from a company called Nanomatic, to
start our own production of the arcnet board. This new Nanomatic board has been
used since October 1997.

The enclosed Service Manual page (Section 4A page 17/18) show the jumper
settings on both SMC and Nanomatic boards.

For IRQ selection see "Interrupt (IRQ) for the Wallac Instrument Interface Card" on
SIL-1297/1235 E11.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E17

RE : 1235 Incubator belt 19. March, 1998

1235 Incubator bushings

Dear Colleagues,

1235 Incubator belt

It has been noticed that during the time the incubator’s belt may get ragged and the
fibers of the belt may get around the motor shaft. If the belt cuts off the RQH
incubator interface board may burn.
Due to this we highly recommend that from now on you check the incubator belt
during the yearly maintenance.

The part number for the belt is 1135 0120.

1235 Incubator bushings

Some of the incubators have that kind of bushings that they wear out unexpected
fast. The worn bushings causes too big up and down play between the floors. If the
play is too big it may cause lift errors when the lift tries to get or put a frame from
the incubator. This occurs especially in the upper floors. The play can be checked by
moving by hand the floors up and down. The play shouldn’t be more than 2 mm. If it
is more the whole incubator should be replaced.

For the replacement incubator contact Wallac Technical Service.

The part number for the complete incubator is 1085 8332.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E18

RE : Spare Parts Catalogue, 1235-951-04 August 1997 7. May, 1998

Dear Colleagues,

There is a confusion in AutoDELFIA Spare Parts Catalogue 1235-951-04 dated

August 1997. Please follow the steps below to correct your spare part catalogue. At
same time move the 1297-004 and 1297-014 spare part catalogues into their own
sections in the 1235 AutoDELFIA Service Manual. This division helps to find the
spare parts easier.

Instructions to update your 1235 AutoDELFIA Service Manual V1.40:

• Replace the two first pages of the manual, INDEX and ABOUT THIS MANUAL, with
the new ones supplied with this SIL.
• Move 1297-014 Sample Processor spare parts catalogue from section 7 to
section 9.
• Move 1297-004 Sample Processor spare parts catalogue from section 7 to
section 8.
• Check the version of your spare parts catalogue. The following three steps are
valid only for 1235-951-04 August 1997 version.
• Swap page 5 (and 6) between 1297-004 and 1297-014 catalogues i.e. take the
page 5 from 1297-004 catalogue and insert it to 1297-014 catalogue and vice
versa.
• Replace page 7, Fig. 1297-01 Sample Processor 10159937 from 1297-004
catalogue with the new one (10159937) supplied with this SIL.
• Replace page 7, Fig. 1297-01 Sample Processor 10160375 from 1297-014
catalogue with the new one (10160375-F) supplied with this SIL.

Attachments:
INDEX page for 1235 AutoDELFIA Service Manual
ABOUT THIS MANUAL page for 1235 AutoDELFIA Service Manual
Fig. 1297-01 Sample Processor 10159937
Fig. 1297-01 Sample Processor 10160375

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235–E19

RE : DS-2100 BarCodeReader 2. October, 1998

Software V1.40 Release 6
DS-40 Beam Adjustment

Dear Colleagues,

The Datalogic DS 40 barcode reader, used in most of the AutoDELFIA Sample

processors, has gone out of production. A new reader type, Datalogic DS 2100, part
number 11710047, is installed in new Sample processors from S/N 2970463
onwards.

We still have some DS 40 readers for spare parts. When no longer available the
Update kit 10863200 is suitable for reader replacement but the new reader does not
support all barcode types the DS-40 supports. The barcode types no longer
supported are quite rare. The DS-40 readers we still have are reserved for the
customers using these rare barcode types. The table below shows the differences
in the code types between DS-40 and DS-2100 reader:

Feature DS 40 DS 2100
Decoding safety N/A 1-10
Number of active codes 4 6
Code 2/5 subtypes (Industrial, 5 Bars, 3 Bars, 7 1 (Interleaved 2/5)
Datalogic, Matrix, Compressed)
CODABAR S/S control On/Off Not configurable
CODABAR S/S conversion On/Off Not configurable
CODABAR ABC Yes N/A
Code 11 Yes N/A
Code 93 Full ASCII Yes N/A
Code 93 ASCII Conversion Yes N/A
Code 128 ASCII Conversion Yes N/A
MSI Yes N/A
LAC Yes N/A
EAN System Nr & Check digit conf. Yes Not configurable
Code 128 Bar count N/A Yes
UPC-EAN ”All EAN w/out ADD-ON” N/A Yes

Please keep in mind the following rules to select and set the Tube barcodes…
ƒ Disable barcode types not in use.
ƒ Use fixed code length, if possible.
ƒ Use check digits (or Start/Stop) for the barcodes.
ƒ Avoid using code types as Interleaved 2/5 or Codabar with variable code lengths
and without checking, instead use code types as Code 39 or Code 128
Please see also AutoDELFIA Software News No 5/98, Wk 40.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

AutoDELFIA software V1.40 Release 6

V1.40 Release 6 supports both Datalogic reader types, as well as the NipponDenso
reader used in the oldest systems. If you need to replace DS-40 or NipponDenso
reader with DS-2100 the software must be updated to V1.40 Release 6.
V1.40 Release 6 order information:
Systems with a version older than V1.4 must be updated to V1.4 by ordering the
Cycle-5 upgrade package, in which the V1.4 Release 6 is included. The order
number is C561-100.

Systems with V1.4 older than release 6 can be updated by ordering the V1.4
Release update kit which contains the AutoDELFIA V1.4 Release 6 and MultiCalc™
V2.60 diskettes, update instructions and version reports. The order number is 1235-
300.

DS-2100 ID-Reader Installation

The update kit, 10863200 contains all hardware to replace the DS-40 with DS-2100.
Software V1.40 Release 6 must be ordered separately. To replace the NipponDenso
reader the additional parts listed in the DS-2100 installation instruction are needed.

DATALOGIC DS-40 Beam adjustment

The correct adjustment for the Datalogic DS-40 laser beam is to the middle point of
the reading hole, not to the middle of the label as described in the previous
instruction in the service manual. If you adjust the reader, it must be done in order;
first the beam adjustment by turning the mirror then the reading position. Please note
that the beam adjustment is different for DS-2100 than for DS-40.

1235 Service Manual

Update your 1235 Service Manual V1.40 with the enclosed attachments:

• Replace the CONTENTS page of SECTION 1.

• Replace pages 3…5 from SECTION 1H.
• Add the SECTION 1I.

Attachments:
• 1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 1 PAGE 2/2
CONTENTS
• 1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 1H PAGES 4/5 and 5/5
Laser ID-reader (DS-40)
• 1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 1I
9.0 Installation of the DS-2100 ID reader

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

98/10/02 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E19

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E20
RE : LAF C20, 8. Oct, 1998
Hex load error due to the arcnet chip IC1 on RGF

Dear Colleagues,

C20 on LAF Measuring Interface Board

Capacitor C20 10μF/16V 11632016 on LAF Measuring Interface board has been
replaced with 11632017 6,8μF/35V.

C20 is connected to +24V but the voltage rating of 11632016 is 16V therefore it must
be replaced with 35V capacitor 11632017.

Please replace C20 during next service visit. This modification is done from 1235
S/N 2350504 onwards.

RGF
K3
K3

LAF

6,8uF/35V
++
L2

L4
C21
C20
L1

ADDRESS PAGE 1 / 2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Arcnet chip IC1 on RGF

A “hexload error” may occur if the wrong

version of arcnet chip(1181 4051) is on RGF
Arcnet interface board (1086 1417).
The version can be identified on the chip.
For example: C9746, where C is version, 97
manufacturing year, 46 week.
or
1B9638, where 1B is version, 96 year, 38
week.

All C-versions are defective and may cause

hexload errors.

C-versions are found in:

• AutoDELFIA Plate Processor with serial
numbers between 482 and 507.
• In 1420 Victor between 559 - 678.

Check and replace if needed the chip during the next service visit.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

98/10/09 PAGE 2 / 2 SIL-1235/1297-E20

 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 E-21
Technical Service

RE : Wallac instrument interface card and 30 December 1998

arcnet boards

Dear Colleagues,

There has been some confusions between Wallac Instrument Interface Card (WIIC)
and arcnet boards.

WIIC is the card which is used inside of the AutoDELFIA and Victor PC’s.

The arcnet boards inside of the instrument are RGF (arcnet coaxial interface) and
RGG (arcnet coaxial driver).

RGG is the board where the coaxial cable from the PC is connected.

When ordering these items use the correct names and numbers.

• WIIC 1224 – 201 WALLAC INSTRUMENT INTERFACE CARD

• RGG 1086 1420ARCNET COAXIAL DRIVER
• RGF 1085 1417ARCNET COAXIAL INTERFACE

SEE ALSO SIL 1297 / 1235-E03 page 4/4

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 21 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@ wallac.fi +358 - 21 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E22

RE :Program version 1.4 release 7 26. Jan., 1999

Dear Colleagues,

The AutoDELFIA V1.4 Release 7 software is finally launched.

The new software release:

• will be delivered with new AutoDELFIA systems

• will be included in the Cycle-5 upgrade package
• will be included in the Release update kit

The V1.4 Release update kit now contains the AutoDELFIA V1.4 Release 7 and
MultiCalc® V2.60 diskettes, update instructions and version reports. It can be
ordered FOC from us. The order number is 1235-300.

Systems with a version older than V1.4 must be updated to V1.4 by ordering the
Cycle-5 upgrade package, in which the V1.4 Release 7 will be included. The order
number is C561-100.

V1.4 Release 7 will also be found in the Wallac Technical Support BBS, available
from the Internet at address http://bbs.wallac.fi.

Changes in V1.4 Release 7

Disk Remover
The biggest changes in Release 7 are regarding the disk remover. The following
changes have been done:

• Improvements in the coordinate settings for the disk remover. The disk remover
head can now be moved down close to the test plate, without opening the valve.
The coordinates can also be checked by moving the disk remover head to the
inner hole of the plate.
• We have added two up and down movements before each disk remover
process. The piston can be stucked if not used for some time, and these extra
movements will prevent run failures due to this.
• Automatic retry after moving errors during disk removing. Earlier the process
stopped after moving errors, but in Release 7 the disk remover will try a second
time.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

• Automatic retry after vacuum generation errors during disk removing. One
reason for these errors is that filter papers are stucked between the piston and
the box, causing air flow into the disk remover. The disk remover will now move
up and down several times in order to suck away these filter papers.
These changes should be very useful for your neonatal customers. We therefore
recommend that you soon update all neonatal systems to V1.4 Release 7.

NOTE: The coordinate adjustment procedure for the disk remover has been
improved. Please study the attachments and insert them into your 1235
Service Manual.

1235 Barcode Reader Adjustment

The start and stop coordinates for the 1235 barcode reader Y-coordinate adjustment
have been changed from 6000 – 1000 to 8000 – 2000 in V1.4 Release 7.
This change has been made because the mechanical endpoint of the Y-movement is
around 1600 i.e. the reader can not mechanically go to 1000. The stepping errors
are not checked during the calibration. Welch Allyn 3701/B-2221 reader, used from
S/N 2350410 onwards, has very wide reading area and it is able to read within the
whole range, 6000 – 1000. The reader hits the mechanical endpoint at around 1600
i.e. the reader doesn’t move more IN even the coordinate goes down to 1000. The Y-
coordinate is always 3500.
The reader is not well aligned with the plate if the coordinate is 3500. The plexiglass
cover on the x-conveyor may overshadow the barcode and the reader may fail to
read the code from the plate.
With the new range, 8000 – 2000, the scanning starts before the reader can read the
label and stops before the reader hits the back wall.
NOTE: Make the barcode reader calibration with the plexiglass cover on the x-
conveyor. The cover narrows the reading area and the Y-coordinate will be
just above the plate, typically around 5000.

There is a mistake in SIL-1297/1235-E13 in part list for the new reader. The part
number for the cable is 10862082 not 10461920 as mentioned in the SIL.

See also AutoDELFIA Software News no 9/98, week 52

Attachments:
• 1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 3F PAGES 1/3 – 3/3: updated
remover adjustment instructions.
• 1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 1C PAGES 1/5 – 5/5: updated
waste pump installation instructions.

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

99/01/26 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E22

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E23

RE : X-Conveyor jamming 27. Jan., 1999

Cover support for 1297
Dear Colleagues,

The x-conveyor has been modified to prevent used Eppendorf tip jamming between
the plate carrier and the sheet metal plate right from the waste tray. If you find
following errors in History file the reason most probably has been caused by the
Eppendorf tip on the waste tray. The jamming may happen only when the plate
moves from left to right, for example from enhancement dispenser to the shaker as
in the example below.
ReagDisp 18:34:29 904 Tip to be removed next
Scheduler 18:34:35 500 Move plate 5 from EnhSolDisp to Shaker floor 5
RightDisp 18:34:47 904 Tip test: Value=44 Limit=53. Tip is not on pipette
PlateTransp 18:34:48 500 Start of moving plate 5 from EnhSolDisp to Shaker floor 5
PlateConv 18:34:49 500 Gray-coder error (199)
PlateConv 18:34:51 500 Stepping errors in X-direction (Left-Right) (57653)
PlateTransp 18:34:51 500 XConv: step errors in X-direction (Left-Right) (57653)

Two modifications have been made from S/N 2350529 onwards:

The plate, where the x-conveyor temperature sensor is mounted, has been bent 45°
instead of 15° and a hole added to the plate 10359296.
PLATE CARRIER
X-CONVEYOR SHAFT The plate carrier may jam
15 DEGREES
if the tip is “standing” on
the waste tray.
WASTE TRAY

PLATE CARRIER The plate carrier goes

X-CONVEYOR SHAFT over the tip even the tip is
“standing” on the waste
45 DEGREES
WASTE TRAY
tray.

PLATE 10359296
A hole added to the plate
REAR X-CONVEYOR SHAFT NEW HOLE IN THE PLATE
10359296. This is to
prevent used tip hanging
WASTE TRAY against the plate and
cause jamming when the
FRONT X-CONVEYOR SHAFT plate carrier moves from
left to right.

Cover support for 1297

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE
Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

The support 10459644 for the 1297 plexiglass cover has been modified to prevent
the plexiglass cover slipping inside the old shape support and cause rack jamming.

If you want to replace the old support with the new Y-shape one then also the cover
10359625 must be replaced. The new cover is 2mm lower than the original one.

1297 Sample Processor

10359625 New Y-shape support

10459644

Helmeri Pajunen Antti Suonpää Hannu Soini

Wallac Oy
Technical Service

99/01/27 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E23

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E24

RE : New Carry-over test kit for AutoDELFIA 7. April. 1999

Dear Colleagues

The procedure to check the carry-over between patient samples in the AutoDELFIA
sample processor has been improved. The earlier method has not always given
accurate enough information about the real carry-over situation. Due to small
differences in the blank value the test has sometimes shown too high carry-over even if
it has not always been significant to the analytical performance. This has in some cases
led to unnecessary worries and changes of the sample probes.

The new test is more reliable and gives a true value for the carry-over. The carry-over is
now calculated from the concentration as a mean from three different measurements for
each probe. Due to the better reliability of the test, the specification of the carry-over
has been changed from 0.005% to 0.01%

Test procedure

The Carry-over kit is run as a normal kit with a blank and one standard point run in four
replicates. The High sample is run as a control sample and the DELFIA Diluent II is
used as the blank samples against which the carry-over is calculated. The whole
procedure takes about 21/2 hours. To reduce the operator’s hands-on time the carry-
over test can be run as a normal assay together with other assays or as an overnight
run.

Note that the approval limit for the carry-over run with the new test kit is 0.01%. The
change in the specification will not have any significant effect on the analytical
performance of the system.

Test printout

The Carry-over kit printout can be selected to be short one (appendix 1) or long one
(appendix 2). The selection can be done from the protocol file.
C:\WIACALC\USER\CARRYOV\PRO.A
.. 1 for short printout
FACTORS
UNIT = “ “
2 for long printout
HIGHSTD = 500 ; Conc of sample causing Carry-over
PRINT =2
LIMIT = 0.01 ; Carry-over limit

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

To run the new carry-over test you need to install new carry-over protocols for
AutoDELFIA and MultiCalc. The protocols can be ordered free of charge from Riitta
Janhunen at Wallac Oy.

Note that the carry-over protocols are made only for AutoDELFIA software
version 1.4.

The ordering number for the new AutoDELFIA Carry-over test kit is C562-101.

The kit is sufficient to perform two carry-over tests.

The kit price is 250 FIM (42 €).

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

EG&G Wallac Oy

99/04/07 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E24

 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E25
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
RE : Glass standard in Plate Processor’s counter 12. May 1999

Dear Colleagues,

It has been noticed that the glass standard in the Plate Processor’s counter is unstable.
The glass standard is measured always in the beginning of the run. The measured
value is compared to the value which is stored in EEPROM. If the measured value is
not in the limits (+/- 20% from the EEPROM value), it will prevent the starting of the run
even the counter is otherwise ok.
Due to this we recommend to switch off the glass standard checking. It can be done by
setting MEASER P42 value to be 0.
See updated (99/05/12) page 19/20 in section 3J for instructions.

Attachments:
• 1235 SERVICE MANUAL SECTION 3J PAGE 19/20

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

EG&G Wallac Oy

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E26
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
RE : Acid proof valves for 1235 24. Aug. 1999
Acid proof connector for 1297 peristaltic pump
New spare part numbers
RAR Liquid Detector
False error message “LIQUID ERROR: Low at…”
Limits for the 1297 accuracy test

Dear Colleagues,

The base of the three way magnetic valve 11520020 and the plug 11330017 used in
the 1235 valve units are now made of acid proof steel. Plate processors from S/N
2350542 onward have these new valves and we highly recommend you to use only
acid proof valves and plugs for replacement.

The original brass base valves, especially the “pool waste” valve may leak due to the
corrosion and the Fe-plugs become rusty.

Acid proof connector for 1297 peristaltic pump

Connector for 1297 peristaltic pump 11521043 has been replaced with a connector
made of acid proof steel. The part number is 10460548.

Few peristaltic pumps were delivered with stainless steel connector (8mm wrench). We
have now noticed that these connectors may become brown and therefore the newest
connectors are made of acid proof steel (10mm wrench).

New spare part numbers

Following sub assemblies are now available:

10864675 Reflector / frame assembly Mirror assembly for the 1297 ID-reader
10460450 / 10460447 (Datalogic DS-40 reader).

10864676 Reflector / frame assembly Mirror assembly for the 1297 ID-reader
10460450 / 10463436 (Datalogic DS-2100 reader).

10864678 Filter / holder assembly Color class filter and holder for the
11440010 / 10356314 1235 measuring head.

RAR Liquid Detector

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE
Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

The three resistors R2, R7 and R11 have been changed on RAR Liquid Detection
board in 1297-014 Sample processor. The new values are:

R2 14,7 k Ö 4,64 k 11604129

R7 6,81 k Ö 2,15 k 11604113
R11 4,64 k Ö 1,47 k 11604105

With the original resistors the RAR could be unstable causing false liquid detection. The
probes may intermittently stop in air. The fault is dependent on temperature and may
occur in small temperature range.

False “LIQUID ERROR: Low at…” message from the Service program
In software version V1.4 Release 8 a false error message “LIQUID ERROR: Low at…”
is given for all micro tubes in the dilution strip tray when doing the liquid detection test
from the Service program (LEVELSENS Î DILTRAY).

This phenomenon may be corrected in the future.

Limits for the 1297 Accuracy test

The following information is also published in the Diagnostic News Wk 28, No. 25/1999:

We have used ± 3% as the acceptance limits for the AutoDELFIA Sample processor
accuracy test, see pages 20 – 23 in the AutoDELFIA Maintenance manual. These limits
have however been found to be too narrow for the smaller sample volumes. The
acceptance limits should therefore be ± 3% or ± 1 µL, depending on which is wider.

Please find attached a paper with the correct accuracy test limits. This paper should be
sent to all your AutoDELFIA customers. It overrides the information in the AutoDELFIA
Maintenance manual and in the software.

If you for example get a calculated average of 19.2µL, when doing the accuracy test for
20 µL, the software will tell that the result is outside the limit. With the updated
acceptance limits this result is still within the limits, which are 19.0µL to 21.0µL for the
20µL test.

The wider limits for the smaller sample volumes do not affect the performance of the
AutoDELFIA.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

EG&G Wallac Oy

99/08/24 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E26

 Mandatory
Technical Service SIL-1297/1235 –E27
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
RE : 1297 Probes 19. October 1999

Dear Colleagues,

This SIL is to remind you how to handle the 1297 probes. The probes are coated with
very thin parylene coating. The thickness of the coating is max. 0.04mm. A mechanical
shock will damage the coating, especially the end of the probe is very sensitive. Always
handle probes with care; do not drop, support the z-racks while switching off the 1297,
do not let the probes lay against anything while the system is idle. Use the support plate
to hold the z-racks when the system is switched off.

Do not use new probe to set the z-coordinates for the sample processor. The
parylene coating will be damaged if the probe is driven to the bottom of the destination
(standard tray, plate, dilution trough holder etc.). Always use a test probe (= old probe)
for this purpose. Damage on the parylene coating will increase carry over and shorten
the life time of the probe.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

EG&G Wallac Oy

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E28
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
RE : Cavro XL 3000 Maintenance 6. March 2000
Drive belt for Cavro XL 3000
New lubricant for the 1297 V-spreader
Rubber buttons on the waste tray
Pressure sensors on RXR and RXS

Dear Colleagues,

The oldest 1297 Sample processors equipped with the Cavro XL 3000 pumps have
been in use for approximately two years. Some of these pumps have become noisy or
have stopped during the operation. The reason for the screeching noise is dry or dirty
lead screw in the pump.

According to the Cavro XL 3000 Maintenance instruction the lead screw should be
lubricated:

ƒ If the pump is making a “screeching” noise.

ƒ If the syringe is stalling frequently.

For preventive maintenance Cavro recommends lubrication after 1000 000 syringe
strokes.

Based on this recommendation and feedback from the field the lubrication of the lead
screw has been added to the Sample processor 12 month periodic maintenance
procedure.

Only original Cavro lubricant, Wallac p/n 11950518, should be used for lubrication. The
lubricant is delivered in 2,5ml syringe which is enough for app. 10 pumps. After the
lubricant is applied use “Fill tubing” to run the pumps. This will spread the lubricant on
the lead screw.

Drive belt for Cavro XL 3000

If the Cavro pump has jammed the reason could be the drive belt. Check the belt and if
it is loose or worn then replace the belt. The part number for the drive belt is 11950517.

New lubricant for the 1297 V-spreader

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

The original 1297 V-spreader lubricant Molycote gn plus has been replaced with X1R
Multi-Use Grease. The order number for 30g tube of X1R grease is 11110014.

Rubber buttons on the waste tray

The diameter of the rubber buttons 10460952 on the 1235 waste tray has been
changed from 25mm to 30mm. In some instruments the tip may hit outside or the edge
of the rubber button while leaving the used tip onto the waste tray. This may cause
reagent pipette up/down mover stepping error. Replace the whole waste tray 10860885.

All new waste trays have new 30mm rubber buttons and only new 30mm buttons are in
stock.

Pressure sensors on RXR and RXS

The manufacturing of the pressure sensor MPX50DP (11814503) has discontinued.
The characteristic of the new pressure sensor MPX2050DP are slightly different
therefore the pressure sensor boards RXR and RXS used in the 1235 valve units have
been modified.

If the pressure sensor on RXR or RXS is defective replace the complete sensor board,
not just the sensor.

Attachments:

• 1235 Service Manual Section 3E, pages 1/5 - 5/5: updated 1297 periodic
maintenance instructions. Please update your 1235 Service Manual.
• New RXR and RXD diagrams. Please add to section 6 in 1235 Service
Manual.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

Wallac Oy

2000/03/06 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E28

 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E29
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

RE: AutoDELFIA Software V1.4 Release 9 23. Oct. 2000

New PC, Dell OptiPlex GX110 with WINDOWS NT 4.0
New PCI ARCNET card
Wallac Laser Printer
NT Service Pack 5 and network drivers
Measer “Process” command in V1.4 Release 9
PhotoMultiplierTube 11760043
Dear Colleagues,

AutoDELFIA Software V1.4 Release 9

Wallac AutoDELFIA software release, V1.4 Release 9, has been launched. The
differences compared to V1.4 Release 8 are:

§ V1.4 release 9 is compatible with Windows NT 4.0, Windows 98 and Windows 95

but not with Windows 3.1/3.11. Please note that the LISA™ (Laboratory Information
System query for AutoDELFIA) software is not compatible with Windows NT.

§ V1.4 release 9 is only available on a CD ROM, also containing the newest version of
MultiCalc®, V2.7 (a.k.a. MultiCalc 2000).

§ The communication between the AutoDELFIA Workstation and MultiCalc is disabled.

MultiCalc is no longer started automatically. MultiCalc should be started separately or
be in the Startup group of Windows. If MultiCalc is not started at all no results will be
evaluated, but immediately after starting MultiCalc these results will come out.

§ The commands for receiving worklists and sending results files (except for LISA ASTM)
have been removed from the Workstation program and must now be done in MultiCalc.
Printing of the plate map, which earlier was done by a command from Workstation to
MultiCalc, is now done directly from within the Workstation program.

§ All five maintenance intervals are unselected by default. If these intervals are selected
but not used then you will get a false message that the maintenance is not done, see
the AutoDELFIA Software News 8/1999. For customer using the maintenance history
(strongly recommended!) you should therefore select the intervals after the software
installation or update.

ADDRESS PAGE 1/7 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

§ New protocols:

AutoDELFIA V1.4 Release 9 contains the protocols for the following new kits:

• B097 Free hCG beta (not to be used in the USA)

• B098 PAPP-A (not to be used in the USA)
• B017 FSH (2h inc)
• B082 Prenatal hCG (not to be used in the USA)
• B096 Prenatal hAFP (not to be used in the USA)
• B005 Neonatal IRT (S&S 903) (not to be used in the USA)
• B034 Neonatal IRT (S&S 2992) (not to be used in the USA)

These protocols are also available on separate kit update diskettes.

We have also made the following changes to existing protocols:

• The old wet plate protocols for TSH ultra and Free T3 have been disabled.
• B083 Unconjugated Estriol (rapid) is the default protocol, but the old B071
protocol is still available.

The order number for the V1.4 Release 9 CD is 1085 9806 and it is free of charge.

The current AutoDELFIA 1235-300 Software Release Update Kit, with V1.4 Release 8,
will still be available for some time for customers without a CD ROM drive or with Windows
3.1/3.11.

Installation of V1.4 Release 9

V1.4 Release 9 has a partly new installation program. This one is much more clever than
the old installation program, for example it can detect if a previous version of the software
is already installed. In that case it will automatically make the backup directories of the old
installation (DELFIA.OLD, WIACALC.OLD and SYS.OLD) and restore necessary files
after the installation. This replaces the Backup and Restore routines. Therefore we have
been able to remove most of the instructions included in previous releases. Some
instructions are shown in the installation program, and the rest will be described here.

In Windows NT you must have administrator privileges on the local machine. A

user can be added to the administrators group with the "User Manager" program, which is
found at "Start/Programs/Administrative Tools/User Manager".

2000/10/23 PAGE 2/7 SIL-1235/1297-E29

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

The installation or update starts automatically after inserting the CD-ROM. The following
screen is shown:

If the “Install NT communication” button is not grayed you must run this option first.

In the following screen you are asked which programs to be installed. You have then two
possibilities:

a) select all 6 programs if the system includes the Sample processor

b) select all programs except the Sample processor program if using only the Plate
processor

Any other combinations are not allowed.

2000/10/23 PAGE 3/7 SIL-1235/1297-E29

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

When all files have been copied you will see the following screen:

After this the installation program will restore for example the MultiCalc assay protocols
from the previous installation.

In the end of the installation you are asked if you have a Sample processor:

As no paper documents are included anymore then there is no paper copy of the Release
update report. Instead this document is included as a Word file on the CD,
V14R_UPD.DOC, which can be opened using e.g. WordPad, and as an appendix to this
issue. Please remember to fill in and send us the report whenever an AutoDELFIA is
installed or updated!

Automatic start of the Workstation and MultiCalc programs

MultiCalc is no longer started automatically. If using any other user profile than
“Administrator” in Windows NT then Workstation is not started automatically when starting
the PC.

To start the AutoDELFIA programs automatically you should put “shortcuts” to the
AutoDELFIA Workstation and MultiCalc programs in the Startup folder. This is done as
follows:

- Click on the Start button on the task bar with the right mouse button
- Select Open
- Double-click Programs in the Start Menu window
- Double-click StartUp

Both the AutoDELFIA Workstation and the MultiCalc icon should be in this StartUp window.
To make a shortcut to the AutoDELFIA Workstation program you should do as follows:

- Start the Windows Explorer

- Select the folder DELFIA\EXE
- Click on the DELFIA.EXE icon with the right mouse button
- Select Copy
- Click with the right mouse button in the StartUp window
- Select Paste Shortcut

2000/10/23 PAGE 4/7 SIL-1235/1297-E29

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

The shortcut to MultiCalc depends on which Windows version is used. In Windows 95 you
copy a shortcut to the file C:\DELFIA\EXE\WIA.PIF and in Windows NT to the file
C:\SYS\WIA.BAT.

MultiCalc printer settings

After the installation you should check the printer settings (Printers/Properties). In
Windows 95 you should select Details/Port settings and unselect Spool MS-DOS
print jobs. In Windows NT you should select RAW in the Print processor.

Printer drivers

We have found in our tests that using an old driver for the HP LaserJet 1100 printer could
cause program error in the Service program. However, the Windows NT version delivered
with the new PC’s has new drivers which work fine with the AutoDELFIA software. The
latest printer drivers can always be found from the HP web site,
www.hp.com/support/software.

Language versions of the V1.4 Release 9

All six language versions (German, Italian, French, Spanish, Brazilian Portuguese and
Chinese) of the AutoDELFIA Workstation software have been updated to V1.4 Release 9.

The language versions can be ordered as before.

New PC, Dell OptiPlex GX110 with Windows NT 4.0

The PC delivered with new Wallac AutoDELFIA systems is now Dell OptiPlex
GX110 with a small form chassis and Windows NT version 4.0 and has a normal
15” CRT monitor.

Windows NT password “qwerty”

Windows NT always requires a password. We have selected qwerty as the password, so

when starting the PC for the first time you should type in qwerty as the password. We
recommend that you change this password to the same as the serial number of the Plate
processor (e.g. 235xxxx).

The new order number for the AutoDELFIA laboratory computer is 1235-8010.

1235-8010 AutoDELFIA laboratory computer features:

• Dell OptiPlex GX110 small form chassis

• 667 MHz or faster Intel Pentium III processor
• 128 MB of 100 MHz SDRAM memory, upgradable to 512 MB
• 32 KB L1 internal cache and 256 KB L2 integrated cache
• Integrated Intel 3D graphics, direct AGP with 4 MB display cache (DVMT)
• Integrated Sound Blaster compatible sound controller
• Two half-length PCI expansion slots, of which one is used for the ARCNET card

2000/10/23 PAGE 5/7 SIL-1235/1297-E29

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

• 110 W power supply, 90 – 135 V or 180 – 265 V

• PS/2 style mouse and keyboard ports
• 2 serial ports (16550 UART), RJ-45 network port, 1 parallel port and 2 USB ports
• Integrated 3Com 10/100 PCI LAN controller with ACPI and Remote Wake Up
• 3.5” 1.44 MB diskette drive
• 10 GB or bigger Ultra-ATA/66 EIDE hard disk drive
• 24x or faster EIDE CD-ROM drive
• Operating temp.: 10° to 35°C, Relative humidity: 20 to 80%
• Small form desktop (W x H x D): 320 x 91 x 378 mm, weight (approx.): 11 kg
• US ASCII Quietkey spacesaver keyboard
• MS 2-button PS/2 Intellimouse (wheelmouse)
• Microsoft Windows NT 4.0 on hard disk and CD
• User’s manual on hard disk, Windows NT 4.0 manual included
• Dell M570 15” monitor, 100 – 240 V
• PCI ARCNET card
• AutoDELFIA and MultiCalc® software with manuals

These features can be changed without any further notice.

New PCI ARCNET card

The Dell GX110 does not have an ISA slot but only PCI slots. This means that the current
ARCNET card can no longer be used in the new PC model. We have instead a new
ARCNET card for PCI slots. The new card is made by Contemporary Controls and has an
SMC Com20020 controller. It is a “Plug and Play” card and it will automatically set the I/O
address and interrupt. AutoDELFIA software V1.4 Release 9 supports this automatic
setting. This means that you do no longer have to find the correct interrupt by changing
switches on the card and editing the Warcnet.ini file when using this card in the new PC.

In the newest batch of the GX110 PCs the Arcnet card must be in the lower slot,
which is marked with "1”.

The order number for the new card is 1002-0010, but it is included with the new
AutoDELFIA Lab Computer 1235-8010.

Wallac Laser Printer

We are currently using the HP LaserJet 1100 as the Wallac Laser Printer. It prints 8
pages per minute at a resolution of 600 dots per inch, and operates with Windows 3.1,
Windows 95, Windows 98 and Windows NT 4.0. The Wallac Laser Printer is only available
for 220 – 240 V.

The order number for the Wallac Laser Printer (HP1100) is AAAJA-0003. The printer is not
included in AutoDELFIA deliveries but must be ordered separately.

2000/10/23 PAGE 6/7 SIL-1235/1297-E29

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

NT Service Pack 5 and network drivers

If you install any additional devices e.g. Network Interface Card after installing Service
Pack you must run the Service Pack again because device installation may overwrite
some .DLL files.

PCs delivered after 23. Oct. 2000 have Service Pack 5 stored in C:\sp5\sp5i386.exe.
Drivers for the on board NIC, 3COM 905C-TX are in C:\drvlib\netcard\3c90x

Measer “Process” command in V1.4 Release 9

The plate measurement (unit – measer - process) does not work from the Service program
in Windows NT. It hangs in the "sending" state. You can correct this by modifying the file
C:\Delfia\test\measer\process.ohj. Replace all three runw commands by the following two
command lines:

run
#waitreport MEASER

The corrected file can be found also in the Wallac BBS.

AutoDELFIA Photomultiplier tube 11760043

The order number for the AutoDELFIA photomultiplier tube is 11760043 but you may
receive Victor PMT 11760047 instead. These are same tubes except 11760047 has
lower dark current. Both tubes can be used in AutoDELFIA but not in Victor :

AutoDELFIA 11760043 or 11760047

Victor 11760047

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

2000/10/23 PAGE 7/7 SIL-1235/1297-E29

 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E30
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

RE: AutoDELFIA Software V1.5 Revision 2 20. Dec. 2001

LISA V2.0
RTE 10867364 New dual pressure amplifier board
Pipeting arm cable clamps
Dear Colleagues,

AutoDELFIA Software V1.5 Revision 2

Wallac AutoDELFIA software, V1.5 Revision 2, has been launched (V1.5 Revision 1 was
never shipped). It is compatible with Windows NT 4.0 and Windows 95. The differences
compared to V1.4 Release 9 are:

• The texts for the different language versions are now on the same CD. We have also
two new language versions as the help texts have been translated to Swedish and
Danish. From before we have the complete Workstation software translated into
German, French, Spanish, Italian, Brazilian Portuguese and Chinese.

• AutoDELFIA V1.5 contains also the protocols for B008 TPO Ab, B009 hTg Ab, B032
Neo TSH (dry plate) and B045 NSE kits.

AutoDELFIA V1.5 is included with new AutoDELFIA deliveries, but can also be ordered
separately. The order number is 1085 9806 and we will charge about 50 USD for the
software CD.

LISA V2.0

• LISA V2.0 (Laboratory Information System query for AutoDELFIA) is now Windows NT
compatible. It has not been tested with Windows 95.

• LISA V2.0 is still an option. The order number is 1235-320. The updated user manual
can be ordered separately, the order number is 1235-929.

These software updates bring new features for customers using AutoDELFIA with ASTM
LIS query.

The biggest improvement is a feature for pre-sorting of sample tubes together with the
LISA software. Instead of sorting samples into batches prior to loading onto AutoDELFIA,
as in earlier versions, the AutoDELFIA Sample processor can be used to sort out
ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE
Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

samples, which should be run later. The samples are loaded as normal, but no test
information is read into the AutoDELFIA Workstation “data base”. Instead the operator is
presented with a list of the tests loaded and the number of samples per test. From this list
the operator picks out which tests should be in this run and which should be done later.

The pre-sorting can only be used with the LISA software. Changing PreSortMode and
RenDupls to YES in the DELFIA.INI file activates this feature.

Another improvement, also regarding LIS query, is that the software can be told to
temporarily skip tubes with unreadable barcodes. These codes can then be entered after
the loading.

If the Sample processor was unable to read the barcode in earlier versions the loading
was paused and a message was displayed, giving the options of bringing out the rack to
correct the tube code manually, ignoring the tube or ignoring the rest of the rack. This
required the operator to be present to ensure that the loading proceeds.

With this new feature activated, the loading continues by reading the next tube
automatically without pausing. The unidentified tube would be temporary named
“???????_X” where X is a sequential number indicating the occurrence of an unidentified
tube. These tubes are included in the new pick-out printout, and can be manually corrected
after the loading phase, by clicking the tube in the rack map with the right mouse button.
This will display a confirmation dialog, and allow the user to enter the barcode in the visible
Select tests dialog. When the barcode is accepted a query will be sent to the LIS
immediately and the actual request will be attached to the tube.

Changing IgnNoBarcode to YES in the DELFIA.INI file activates this feature.

RTE 10867364 New dual pressure amplifier board

The dual pressure amplifier board RXR 10858370 used in the enhancement pump unit
and valve unit 1 has been replaced with RTE 10867364. The two trimmers on RTE are
factory adjusted.

Pipeting unit cable clamps

The three cable clamps 10461191 in the 1297-014 arm are now secured to the arm side
cover 10360414 with screw 11274128, washer 11250001 and nut 11278002. This
modification is to prevent mechanical jamming in case of the cable clamp becomes loose
as has happened in few sample processor.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

2001/12/20 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E30

 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E31
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

RE: 1235 Waste Bottle Cap 10. Jan. 2002

Dear Colleagues,

1235 Waste Bottle Cap

The metal inlet tube of the waste bottle cap is pressed too deep into the cap in some of the
probe units 10859648. Due to this manufacturing defect the paper disks may block the
cap. Blockage in the cap will cause vacuum problems in washer and remover operations.

Please check the waste bottle cap during next service visit. The length of the metal inlet
tube must be at least 25 mm but not more than 31mm, see the drawing below.

Probe unit 10859648 Paper disks may

block here

25 - 31 mm

WRONG CORRECT

Caps delivered during 2001 (AutoDELFIA s/n 2350625 – 2350680) may have this defect.
Faulty caps will be replaced foc.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E32
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

RE: File Sharing Error in AutoDELFIA SW V1.5 Rev. 2 25. Jan. 2002
AutoDELFIA Software V1.5 Revision 3

Dear Colleagues,

An error message:

Fatal Error
Autodelfia Workstation requires file sharing.
You must add SHARE.EXE to Autoexec.bat before you can run this application.
OK

may appear when starting the AutoDELFIA Workstation software V1.5 Revision 2 in
Windows NT environment and the program won’t start.

AutoDELFIA Software V1.5 Revision 3

AutoDELFIA software V1.5 Revision 3 has been released to solve the above sharing
error. There is no other modification compared to V1.5 Rev. 2.

AutoDELFIA V1.5 Rev 3 is included with new AutoDELFIA deliveries from S/N 2350682
onwards, but can also be ordered separately. The order number is 1085 9806. We will
charge about 50 USD for the software CD but the update from V1.5 Rev. 2 to Rev. 3 is
free of charge.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@perkinelmer.com +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E33
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY

RE: New Power Supply 11710059 3. May 2002

Dear Colleagues,

New power supply 11710059 has been taken into use in AutoDELFIA. The PFC (Power
Factor Correction) in this new power supply complies with the requirements of
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC), EN61000-3-2:2000, limits for the harmonic current
emissions.

The new power supply is installed from the following serial numbers onward:

1297 Sample Processor S/N 2970641 1235 Plate Processor S/N 2350704
excluding S/N 2350706 and 2350707

Mains voltage
11710059 selector
removed 2 x 11710059

NOTE: The input voltage range for the new power supply is 90 – 264 VAC therefore the
mains voltage selector switch has been removed.

The old power supply 11710031 is still available for spare part. No need to modify
instrument in the field.

Enclosures: 1297 Cabling diagram 10360194

1235 Cabling diagram 10358406

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

ADDRESS PAGE 1/1 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@perkinelmer.com +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E34
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 19. Dec. 2002

RE: Replacing Hamilton pumps with Cavro pumps

Dear Colleagues,

The manufacturing of the Hamilton pumps 11710033 used in the AutoDELFIA sample
processor 1297-004 and in older 1297-014 versions is discontinued.

If sample processor 1297-014 has a problem with the Hamilton pumps then these can
be replaced with the Cavro pumps. All four Hamilton pumps must be replaced with
Cavro, they can not be mixed.

The order number for the Hamilton to Cavro upgrade kit is 10869201 and the transfer
price is 3000 € / USD. This kit contains all parts to upgrade 1297-014.

1297-004 can not be upgraded.

The following pages describe the upgrade. This instruction is also included in the kit.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

ADDRESS PAGE 1/6 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@perkinelmer.com +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Replacing Hamilton pumps with Cavro, 1297-014 version only

This installation instruction describes how to replace the Hamilton pumps with the Cavro
pumps. The part number for the Hamilton to Cavro upgrade kit is 10869201. Please
note that this modification can be done only for 1297-014 version, not for 1297-004.

1. Remove the Hamilton pumps.

2. Install the front panel 10262378 and plate 10362379, fix by the screws shown
below.

Plate 10362379 screws 4 x 11274167 M4x16

Plate 10262378

4 x 11274128 M4x8

3. Install the mounting plate assy 10362381. Do not tighten the screws yet.

2002/12/19 PAGE 2/6 SIL-1235/1297-E34

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

4. Install pump # 2 and align the mounting plate assy 10362381.

Please note that the four pumps in the upgrade kit are numbered and the switches
and jumpers are set accordingly.

Check that the gap both side of the

bracket is equal.

Tighten the screw

Check that the plunger drive is in the

center of the hole in the front panel.

2002/12/19 PAGE 3/6 SIL-1235/1297-E34

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Tighten one of the screws to

lock the mounting plate assy
to the instrument body.

Remove pump # 2 and

tighten all the mounting plate
screws.

5. Install first pump #1 (leftmost one looking from the back) and then pump #4
(rightmost one) and after this pump # 2 and # 3.

8 x 11274133 M4x6

2002/12/19 PAGE 4/6 SIL-1235/1297-E34

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

6. Install the cables.

10862721 cable from RGU K2 to RGV K2 on pumps 1…3

10862718 cable from RGU K3 to FPE K7
10862718 cable from RGU K4 to RYD K3
10862726 cable from RGU K5 to FPN K11

K11

RGV RGV RGV RGU

FPN FPE

K7

RYD/K3

7. Start the 1297 service program and update the FLASH roms.
While updating the flash roms follow the data in the HOST window. The value for
the “CONF” for node 21 should be 2. This means that the Cavro pumps are
recognized by the software, see below:

NODE 21 READY
CONF | 2

For your info:

Node 21 configuration Node 23 configuration
0 = 1297-004 Hamilton 0 = BIU 3060 bar code reader
1 = 1297-014 Hamilton 1 = DS 40 bar code reader
2 = 1297-014 Cavro 2 = DS-2100 bar code reader

2002/12/19 PAGE 5/6 SIL-1235/1297-E34

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

PUMP #1 VALVE
MOTOR

SW 1
PUMP
ADDRESS

Switch / jumper settings PUMP #2 SW 2

1 4
for the Cavro pumps: 1
JP7
FUSE F1 4
220V T 1A 1
JP8
4

PUMP #3 RS232 / RS485

JP2 ONLY IN
PUMP #4
JP9

SYRINGE
PUMP #4 MOTOR

PUMP SW1 SW2 JP2 JP7 JP8 JP9

1 2 3 4 1-2 3-4 1-2 3-4 1-2 2-3
1 0 OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF
2 1 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
3 2 OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF
4 3 OFF ON OFF OFF PCB ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF
Part list of the upgrade kit 10869201:
Code Qty Description
10862507 1 RGU connection board for pump 4
10862508 3 RGV connection board for pumps 1, 2 and 3
10862718 1 W54 Cable FPE/K7 – RYD/K3, RGU/K3
10862726 1 W17 Cable FPN/K11 – RGU/K5
10862721 1 W18 Cable from pump to pump
10862716 4 W23, W24, W25, W26 Grounding cables for pumps
11710037 4 Cavro XL 3000 pump
11710043 1 RS-Interface for pump #4
11410018 4 Syringe
11274141 4 Screw M4*12
11274128 8 Screw M4*8
11274133 16 Screw M4*6
11278003 8 Nut M4
11250002 8 Washer 4.3
10262378 1 Plate
10362379 1 Plate
10462380 4 Plate
10362381 1 Mounting plate
11250039 4 Washer
11260036 8 Screw
11274167 4 Screw M4*16
11250041 8 Washer 4,3mm black
11276015 2 Self-tapping screw
11276032 4 Self-tapping screw
11250001 4 Washer 3mm
11310013 8 Cable tie

2002/12/19 PAGE 6/6 SIL-1235/1297-E34

 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E35
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY 2. Jan. 2003

RE: AutoDELFIA Software V1.5 Revision 4

New PC, Dell GX260 with Windows XP
AutoDELFIA sw V1.5 Rev 4 installation to the Windows XP PC
Possible problems with Workstation or Multicalc operation
Plate Processor Barcode Reader
Dear Colleagues,
AutoDELFIA Software V1.5 Revision 4 supports Windows XP

New AutoDELFIA software, V1.5 Revision 4 is the first AutoDELFIA software

compatible with Windows XP. It is now included with new AutoDELFIA deliveries but
can also be ordered separately. The order number is 1085 9806 and the price of the CD
is 80 €. The first systems delivered with V1.5 rev 4 are:

2350748 V1.5 rev. 4, Dell GX240 with Windows NT

2350743, -746, -747, -749 and onward V1.5 rev. 4, Dell GX260 with Windows XP

System requirements for V1.5 Revision 4:

• Windows 95, 98, NT4.0, 2000 or XP
• Intel Pentium processor
• 32 MB (Windows 95/98), 64MB (Windows NT), 128MB (Windows 2000/XP) or more
memory
• 20 MB free hard disk space
• CD-ROM drive
• Wallac instrument interface card

Please note that LISA V2.0 is not Windows XP compatible.

New PC, Dell GX260 with Windows XP

The PC delivered with new AutoDELFIA systems is now Dell GX

260 with Windows XP operating system and Dell 1504FP 15”
Flat Panel Display.

The order number for the AutoDELFIA laboratory computer is

1235-8060

ADDRESS PAGE 1/3 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@perkinelmer.com +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

1235-8060 AutoDELFIA laboratory computer features:

• ≥2.0 GHz Intel Pentium 4 processor
• ≥256kB integrated advanced transfer cache
• 256 MB or more DDR SDRAM (1x256MB)
• Integrated Intel Extreme Graphics + DVI add-in card
• Integrated AC'97 Audio, Internal speaker
• Integrated 3.5" 1.44 MB diskette drive
• 20 GB or bigger EIDE hard disk drive
• CD-ROM drive on secondary IDE
• 2 half length 4.2" x 6.95" PCI slots, one low profile 4xAGP
slot
• 180 W power supply, automatic switching 100V...127V
200V...240V
• PS/2-style mouse and keyboard ports, Euro Keyboard Slimline US
• One standard, one extra serial port (16550 compatible)
• RJ-45 network port, one parallel port and 6 USB ports
• MS 2-button PS/2 Intellimouse (wheelmouse)
• CE, UL recognised E105106, CSA LR64523C
• MS Windows XP UK
• Dell 1504FP 15” flat panel display
• Wallac Instrument Interface Card (PCI ARCNET card)
• AutoDELFIA and MultiCalc software with manuals

AutoDELFIA Software V1.5 rev 4 Installation to the Windows XP PC

The password for AutoDELFIA user is qwerty

ARCNET driver installation

The ARCNET card and driver are factory installed into the AutoDELFIA PC but if you
are installing ARCNET card into a new PC then proceed as follows:

After you have installed the ARCNET card and restarted your PC, Windows 2000/XP
will automatically detect the new card and start the "Found New Hardware Wizard".
Verify that the installation CD is inserted in the CD-ROM drive before you continue.
Don't install the AutoDELFIA software until the ARCNET driver installation is
finished. Follow the on-screen instructions of the "Found New Hardware Wizard". The
wizard installs the driver from the CD-ROM. When the driver installation is finished you
can continue to install the AutoDELFIA software.

Hidden “Update flash roms” dialog

During the AutoDELFIA software installation “Update flash roms?” dialog should appear
on the screen. Unfortunately at Windows XP this dialog remains always behind the
main window. It is possible to re-open the dialog from Windows Task list (or alt-tab) and
then continue.

2003/01/02 PAGE 2/3 SIL-1235/1297-E35

1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Possible problems with Workstation or MultiCalc operation

Multicalc freezes after few seconds or printing problems

• Check that there is a local printer driver installed in Windows
• Add a line SET MCPRINT=1 to C:\sys\wia.bat. MultiCalc will use DOS PRN device with
Open/Close instead of BIOS in printing. This is needed with shared printers (network
printers).
ECHO OFF
SET MCPRINT=1
SET CALCDIR=C:\WIACALC
CLS
ECHO Loading MultiCalc
REM 1000=disable graphics during evaluation
REM 2000=move to counter mode after time out
SET TRICKS=#3000
C:
CD\SYS
OKCALC
IF NOT ERRORLEVEL 1 GOTO OVER
WIACALC
:OVER
SET CALCDIR=

Dilution strips are not shown in the “Show consumables”-window or the plate
maps not printed correctly from the Assay protocol editor
• Change the display property “True color” to 256 colors. Windows XP uses 256
colors automatically while running AutoDELFIA workstation software.

Plate Processor Barcode reader

We have had couple of cases where the barcode reader of the plate processor did not
work after the software installation. Somehow the parameter P4, which selects the
reader type, has changed from 1 to 0 (Welsh Allyn / Nippon Denso).
If the barcode reader does not work:
• Load the 1235 service program.
• Select UNIT – BARCODER - PARAMS
• Set the BARCODE parameter P4 to “1” as follows:

Important !
When P4 is set to
”1”, switch the
Ï instrument off and
on. Load the
service program
and do the
initialization.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

2003/01/02 PAGE 3/3 SIL-1235/1297-E35

 Mandatory
SIL-1297/1235 –E36
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
RE: AutoDELFIA V1.5 rev 4 MultiCalc CPU usage 7. February 2003
in Windows XP environment

Dear Colleagues,

In AutoDELFIA software V1.5 rev 4 MultiCalc is using

100% CPU time in Windows XP environment.
AutoDELFIA Workstation and other programs are
slow while MultiCalc is running.

Please make the following change to the MultiCalc

shortcut properties:

Click mouse
right button

Select Start – AutoDELFIA – MultiCalc AutoDELFIA, click mouse right button and then
select Properties.

Select Properties

ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE

Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Select “Misc” – tab,

move “Idle sensitivity” from
Low to High,
click on Apply and then OK.

Start MultiCalc and Windows Task Manager.

Check that CPU Usage is at normal level,
typically below 20%.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

2003/02/07 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E36

 Advisory
SIL-1297/1235 –E37
Wallac Technical Service
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
RE: Metallic head for the reagent pipette 26. February 2003

Dear Colleagues,

The white plastic reagent pipette head has been replaced with a metallic one in all Plate
Processors from S/N 2350756 onward.

The most common reagent pipette error has been “up down mover
error” while leaving used Eppendorf tip to the waste tray. This error
occurs if there is no gap between Eppendorf tip and reagent pipette
body. At least 1mm gap is needed to ensure proper operation of the
pressure sensor during the tip release operation.

At least 1mm gap is needed here

The diameter of the metallic pipette head is slightly bigger than the
diameter of the plastic one. The metallic pipette head does not enter so
deep into the tip therefore the gap will be about 2,5 mm.

The test cap must be replaced with the new one which is 1,5mm shorter
than the original one, otherwise the test cap may hit the dilution vessels.
The new short test cap is black and white for easier identification.
The length of the new test

The kit 10869391 “Metallic head + accessories for

cap is 35 ± 0,5 mm

reagent pipette” contains:

2 x 11206005 O-ring small ( one needed, one for spare )
2 x 11206007 O-ring large ( one needed, one for spare )
1 x 10368567 metallic head
1 x new test cap ( = 10460694 + 10460695 )

This kit will be temporarily included in the maintenance

kits. You could also order 10869391 kits if you need
Black them urgently.

There is no need to replace the metallic head during regular maintenance.

Cleaning is enough. Unscrew the metallic pipette head, clean it with a tissue soaked in
enhancement solution and rinse with distilled water. Renew both O-rings and then re-
install the pipette head.
ADDRESS PAGE 1/2 PHONE
Wallac Oy +358 - 2 - 2678 111
P.O. Box 10 e-mail FAX
FIN -20101 Turku service@wallac.fi +358 - 2 - 2678 533
Finland
1235 AUTODELFIA SERVICE MANUAL

Reagent pipette X-conveyor Z-coordinate

The reagent pipette Z-coordinate against

the X-conveyor must be adjusted 1,5mm
higher than with the plastic reagent
pipette head.

Adjust the X- and Y- coordinates to align

the pipette head with the bigger hole of
the test plate.

Use UP-button to raise the pipette app.

2mm and then move the test plate by
hand so that the middle part of the test
plate is under the reagent pipette.

Adjust the Z-coordinate so that the

pipette head is at the same level with
the middle part of the test plate.

10860658 Spare part pipette deliveries

All new pipettes, including spare parts, have metallic pipette head. Both pipettes must
have either plastic or metallic heads. Combinations are not allowed. New black and
white test cap must be used with the metallic pipette head.

When you install a new pipette which has metallic head, you must install metallic head
also to the other pipette. 10869391 kit will be sent with the pipette for this purpose.

Please remove the two original white test caps from the lab.

Pipette repair kit

11410013 reagent pipette repair kit orders will be replaced by 10869391 kits.

6 month and 12 month maintenance kits

The reagent pipette repair kits, 11410013 will be removed from the 6 month (10861665
and 10862442) and 12 month (10860410 and 10862441) maintenance kits.
Maintenance kits supplied from now on to the end of 2003 will contain 2 x 10869391
instead of 2 x 11410013.

Maintenance kits supplied from January 2004 onward will contain O-rings for the
reagent pipette.

Successful servicing!

AutoDELFIA Service Team

2003/02/26 PAGE 2/2 SIL-1235/1297-E37

 SDB-1297/1235-E38
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

MANDATORY for neonatal customers

DISTRIBUTION: INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää March 10, 2004 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PROBLEM:

In the past we have occasionally had reports in which blood spots were suspected of
having jumped out of the microtitration well, possible during the loading of the plates
onto AutoDELFIA.

New software V1.5 rev 6 for 1235 AutoDELFIA

The other problem has been dropping of the black anti-evaporation caps while moving
them from the reagent cassette to the storage on the reagent rack.

PURPOSE:

This SDB is to inform you that in order to check for missing blood spots and to avoid
dropping black caps a new release of the AutoDELFIA software, version 1.5 revision 6
has been launched. This new software release also contains the protocols for new
Celiac autoantibody assays.

MATERIALS REQUIRED:

AutoDELFIA V1.5 rev 6 software CD, part number 10859806

GENERAL:

The check for missing spots is done by an additional measurement right before the disk
removal, called “PreScan”. This will not affect the performance of the assays, nor the
results. This feature is active only for neonatal screening assays.

In case of a missing blood spot the following error message will be found in the Flag
field in the MultiCalc printout:

987701 Blood spot possibly missing

In the event that no previous measurement data is found, meaning that the calculation
whether the blood spots are in the well or not, is not possible, the following message is
given:

987702 No PreScan data available

Ad-SDB-38.doc March 10, 2004 Page 2

In both cases these sample(s) should be remeasured. For Neo T4 the whole plate should
be remeasured in order to avoid a situation where two spots in one well would give a false
negative result.

Please find attached a letter which must be given to the customer during or prior to the
installation of the new software release.

All AutoDELFIA instruments that are in neonatal use should be updated. Some
neonatal customers have a flag for all low results, and may want to continue this way, but
we have to make sure that all customers have a procedure for handling potential empty
wells.

AutoDELFIA software, V1.5 rev 6 can be ordered FOC for all your AutoDELFIA neonatal
customers, using the attached Software Order Form. Please fill it in for all your neonatal
AutoDELFIA customers and return it to Wallac technical service.

AutoDELFIA software V1.5 rev 6 can be used with Windows 95, NT 4.0 and XP (SP1). The
PC needs to be updated for customer still using Windows 3.1. Please see Marketing News
No. 2, January 21, 2004, for details of the current AutoDELFIA PC model. In case of PC
update the new software release does not need to be ordered separately as it is included
with the AutoDELFIA PC, order number 1235-8060.

PROCEDURE:

Neonatal customer

• Fill the attached Software Order Form.

• E-mail or fax it to Wallac technical service.
• Update the software.
• Fill the Software Update Form found on the V1.5 rev 6 CD.
• E-mail or fax it to Wallac technical service.

Non neonatal customer

For non-neonatal customers the new software release can be ordered using
order number 10859806. The transfer price is €70 or $80.

Encl.: Software Order Form for V1.5 rev 6

Letter to customer
 SDB-1297/1235-E39
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA Service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO

PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää June 1, 2004 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to point out that the PreScan software may not be closed, not even for
non-neonatal assays.

Here is a picture of the PreScan window. Do not close this window!

Answers for the PreScan questions

Detailed PreScan Algorithm Description is also attached to this SDB.

GENERAL:

As informed in the previous Service Data Bulletin for AutoDELFIA, the new software release,
V1.5 revision 6, contains a new feature called “PreScan” for checking that the filter paper disks
for neonatal assays are still in the wells during the process. This is implemented by adding an
extra measurement step into the .ass files for all four AutoDELFIA neonatal assays and by
introducing a new software, PreScan.exe, which is running in the background. The extra
measurement is done right before the plate goes to the disk remover. The counts for this
measurement are saved in a counts file in the folder c:\delfia\prescan\in. The PreScan software is
then checking these counts to see if the disks are there or not.
In case of a missing disk an error message “987701 Blood spot possibly missing” is written to the
Flag field of the final counts file (after the “real” measurement). This counts file is also written to
this same folder. PreScan then moves the counts file to the normal c:\wiacalc\0com\1235 folder,
where MultiCalc automatically picks it up and starts the evaluation.
Ad-SDB-39.doc June 1, 2004 Page 2

Please note that the PreScan software may not be closed, not even for non-neonatal
assays! If a run has been performed without the PreScan software running then the results will
not be evaluated until the counts files have been manually moved from the c:\delfia\prescan\in
folder to the c:\wiacalc\0com\1235 folder. In that case there will be no check for missing
blood spots!
In V1.5 rev 6, the "AutoDELFIA Workstation" desktop icon call up a new program,
c:\delfia\exe\DELFIAWS.EXE, which starts both the Workstation and the PreScan program. You
can see that the PreScan software is running from the Task bar on the bottom of the display.
In V1.5 rev 6 we have also two start-up files for MultiCalc. C:\sys\wia.bat should be used for
Windows 95 and c:\sys\wia.nt for Windows NT and XP.
After the installation or update, please confirm that the AutoDELFIA Workstation icon “points to”
c:\delfia\exe\DELFIAWS.exe and the MultiCalc icon to either c:\sys\wia.bat (Windows 95) or
c:\sys\wia.nt (Windows NT or XP). Please check also that the Startup and AutoDELFIA program
groups contain the following:

Startup group:
DelfiaWS.exe starts PreScan (if not already running) and Delfia.exe
SYS\WIA.BAT starts MultiCalc (in Windows 95), or
SYS\WIA.NT starts MultiCalc (in Windows NT or XP)

AutoDELFIA group:
DelfiaWS.exe starts PreScan (if not already running) and Delfia.exe
SYS\WIA.BAT starts MultiCalc (in Windows 95), or
SYS\WIA.NT starts MultiCalc (in Windows NT or XP)
PreScan.exe starts PreScan

The introduction of PreScan blood spot detection feature introduces some changes in how the
system works and how you have to use the features. One is that the Counter signal level test
can not be done in Neo screening mode. Please switch to normal mode by unselecting Neo
screening in Settings/Systems before doing the Counter signal level test. You should also add the
following lines to the CNTRSIGN protocol, using the MultiCalc protocol editor and by pressing the
F4 BEGIN function key:

BEGIN
ONLINE = 0:

The current version of PreScan can not handle results from two neonatal runs with the same
MultiCalc run ID within a 24 hour time period. We strongly recommend using incremental run
IDs. For example when using the Wallac DBS Puncher please make sure that the setting
‘RunIDResetMode’ is set to 2 in the file WDBSMAIN.INI. This will increment the run ID up to 99
before starting again from 1, while the setting 1 will reset the run ID to 1 each morning.
We aim to correct these shortcomings in the next software release. Till then, you have to take
care of the actions mentioned above.

ATTACHMENT:

PreScan algorithm description.doc

 PreScan Algorithm
Description

Project no. and name: Originator : Nils Kullberg

61114 – AutoDELFIA Blood Spots Date : 5.5.2004
Product no. and name: Changed by :
1235 AutoDELFIA Revision # : 1
Date :
Identifier: Approved by :
AutoDELFIA PreScan Date :

Contents:
1. PreScan Overview ...................................................................................................................................................... 3
2. Production of pre-scan data ...................................................................................................................................... 4
2.1 The new pre-scan measurement protocol ............................................................................................................. 5
2.2 Assay protocol changes ........................................................................................................................................ 6
3. Data flow of pre-scan data ......................................................................................................................................... 7
3.1 Result file capture ................................................................................................................................................. 7
3.2 The intermediate result files ................................................................................................................................. 7
3.3 Result file transfer in previous versions ............................................................................................................... 8
3.4 The new result file transfer ................................................................................................................................... 9
4. Detection of blood spots ........................................................................................................................................... 10
4.1 The detection algorithm ...................................................................................................................................... 10
4.2 Workstation files used by PreScan ..................................................................................................................... 11
4.3 Files produced by PreScan.................................................................................................................................. 12
4.4 Neo-mode vs. non-neo-mode.............................................................................................................................. 13
5. Settings and adjustments ......................................................................................................................................... 14
5.1 The PreScan INI-file........................................................................................................................................... 14
5.2 Adjustments to DELFIA.INI .............................................................................................................................. 14

Filename: PreScan algorithm description.doc Last saved 06.05.04 by Page 1

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 6.5.2004 Page 2/14
AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 06.05.04 Page 3/14

1. PreScan Overview

• The purpose of the PreScan program is to improve the AutoDELFIA analyzer so that it detects
missing blood spots in neonatal samples.

• The detection of the blood spots (the pre-scan) is be implemented as an adaptive algorithm thus
minimizing the need for calibration and field-service.

• Due to the nature of the previous code the update was implemented as an additional, separate
program.

• A new measurement protocol has been developed, such that it measures the absorbance of the
liquid in wells containing eluted blood spots.

• Some minor changes are required in the neonatal assay protocols, so that they utilize the new pre-
scan measurement protocol and produce several readings per sample.

• The PreScan program extracts and separates the blood spot verification readings from the
measurement results and flags the samples in the files transferred to MultiCalc if needed.

• The PreScan program can also run in a transparent mode causing minimum intervention to the
overall system.

Filename: PreScan algorithm description.doc Last saved 06.05.04 by

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 6.5.2004 Page 4/14

2. Production of pre-scan data

The AutoDELFIA measurement (workstation) program communicates with the calculation software
(MultiCalc) via shared files in “hot folders”. MultiCalc reacts on files showing up in the hot folders
by starting to calculate results out of them. The workstation program moves its own working files to
the hot folder at the end of a scheduled set of assay protocols. This effectively means that the
AutoDELFIA is very batch-oriented, producing results at the end of a batch of assays.

The workstation program, however, produces intermediate files that MultiCalc does not react upon.
These intermediate files are partially ready, ie. some of the lines contain proper measurement data and
some of the lines are invalid. If an assay protocol utilizes several measurement protocols, the data in
the intermediate files are overwritten at every new measurement.

If an external program is built to react upon changes in the contents of these internal results files, this
program may collect results from several measurements made on each sample. If two measurements
are made out of every sample, the first one might be a pre-scan reading verifying the presense of the
blood spot, and the second might be the actual reading for the sample and given analyte.
AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 06.05.04 Page 5/14

2.1 The new pre-scan measurement protocol

The new mesurement protocol is a copy of already existing protocols. The measurement parameters
have been changed according to the change order. Listing 1 shows the protocol.
# CNTX.PRF
#define sFull 4095
#define sA @{sFull}*{strip1}
#define sB @{sFull}*{strip2}
#define sC @{sFull}*{strip3}
#define sD @{sFull}*{strip4}
#define sE @{sFull}*{strip5}
#define sF @{sFull}*{strip6}
#define sG @{sFull}*{strip7}
#define sH @{sFull}*{strip8}
#define strips @{strip1}+{strip2}+{strip3}+{strip4}+{strip5}+{strip6}+{strip7}+{strip8}
FTIME=@10+5+(4+12)*{strips}
TRANSP=YES
FDEVS=COUNTER
FTOL=0
!#MAILBOX MEASER
cfi 5,3
cfo 5,3
cmflsh 5,10000
ctflsh 5,1000
ctload 5,800
ctdly 5,30
ctwin 5,20
!#WAITREPORT MEASER
!#MAILBOX MEASER
pdel {eventId}
pbeg {eventId},0
map {sA} {sB} {sC} {sD} {sE} {sF} {sG} {sH}
plate {plateNo}
plaType {plateType}
output 2
counter 5
pend
run
!#WAITREPORT MEASER

Listing 1 The new CNTX absorbance measurement protocol

Filename: PreScan algorithm description.doc Last saved 06.05.04 by

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 6.5.2004 Page 6/14

2.2 Assay protocol changes

The neonatal measurement protocols require a minor change; The addition of the pre-scan
immediately after extraction of the blood spots. Listing 1 shows an example of the needed lines as
emphasized text.
NT4.ASS
# ***********************************
# Cassette types and volumes (ul) in reag. bottles
# in 1 plate and 4 plate kits.
# variables: cassType,Buff1Vol,TracerVol,AntibodyVol,Buff2Vol
#call DspDefs1 1 30000 750 750 0
#call DspDefs4 3 110000 1500 1500 0
DATA DSPDATA
# ***********************************
BEFORENEXT DISP DILNT4AS
#define wellVol 100
DISP PIPDIL
#inc dilBtl
SHAKE 660 360
BEFORENEXT DISP DILNT4EU
#define wellVol 100
DISP PIPDIL
#inc dilBtl
SHAKE 6900 600
#define plateType 1
COUNT CNTX
DISKREM RMV1
WASH WSH4
ENHDISP ESD1
SHAKE 660 180
#define plateType 2
COUNT CNT1
MOVETO SHAKE
/

Listing 2 Example of the addition of the pre-scan measurement to assay protocols.

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 06.05.04 Page 7/14

3. Data flow of pre-scan data

3.1 Result file capture

As the workstation software never was designed to support several measurements of each sample, the
task of extracting the pre-scan readings becomes as follows:

1. Keep track of the changes in the intermediate files of the workstation by knowing the
modification times for each file. As the modification time changes, the pre-scan program knows
that the workstation program has written something new into the file.

2. Determine the blocks of readings (here called chunks) that form the file. Each chunk represents
one plate out of (possibly) up to four plates belonging to the same kit.

3. Rely on the fact that each chunk will be written with pre-scan data and later on over-written with
real measurement data. Extract the pre-scan data into separate files and let the workstation over-
write the pre-scan data with measurements, thereby not disturbing the working of the workstation
program.

4. Based on the determined chunks the pre-scan program will know when all the chunks have been
over-written with real measurement data. At that point the measurements are ready to be
transferred to the MultiCalc program.

5. Update the flags of the real measurements according to the pre-scan data and move the file to the
MultiCalc hot folder for further processing.

3.2 The intermediate result files

The intermediate format of the result file follows a certain pattern (see figure 1). At first the result file
is empty as shown in sub-figure A. First data to appear in the file is the pre-scan result. In the case of a
one-plate kit the all the lines of the file are updated to contain pre-scan readings as hown in sub-figure
B. Finally the actual analyte measurement readings overwrite the pre-scan readings thus giving the
final result file as shown in sub-figure C.

The time between figures A, B and C is measured in minutes. This makes it possible for the PreScan
program to grab hold of the intermediate results, ie. the prescan results. The workstation program
produces one file per each kit, which means that the PreScan program must cope with several result
files in various different states at any time.

A B C
Figure 1 Result file contents for a one-plate kit.

Filename: PreScan algorithm description.doc Last saved 06.05.04 by

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 6.5.2004 Page 8/14

The situation becomes somewhat more complex with multi-plate kits. Figure 2 shows an example
sequence for a three plate kit.

A B C D E F G
Figure 2 Example result file contents for a three plate kit.

The sub-figures show that the chunks of the file (the lines belonging to each plate of the kit) are of
various size depending on the number of wells actually being measured of the plate. The PreScan
program has to determine the chunk sizes to be able to distinguish between pre-scan results and
analyte results.

The chunks might appear in a random order depending on the scheduling algorithm of the workstation
program. In sub-figure B the pre-scan data of the second chunk has appreared. In sub-figure C the pre-
scan data of the first chunk has appeared. Note that in sub-figure D the analyte data for the second
chunk has appeared although no data for chunk three has been seen. In sub-figure G the result file has
entered its final state containing analyte data only, and is ready for transfer to MultiCalc. Before
transfer PreScan updates the flags of all data lines according to prescan results.

3.3 Result file transfer in previous versions

In previous versions of the AutoDELFIA software the workstation has generated result files into a hot
folder, which is read by the MultiCalc program. MultiCalc does not react on other files than those that
have a two-letter extension, ie. files of the name *.cc. The extension cc has typically been the run
number of the kit and the base name of the file has been the name of the analyte or assay.

AutoDelfia AutoDelfia
workstation MultiCalc
program pogram

*.NN
result files

Figure 3 File transfer between workstation and MultiCalc in previous versions.

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 06.05.04 Page 9/14

3.4 The new result file transfer

As from this version the file transfer goes in two steps via the PreScan program as shown in figure 4.
Neither the workstation program nor MultiCalc is aware of any change in the file transfer scheme.

AutoDelfia AutoDelfia
workstation PreScan
program pogram

*.NN *.NN’
result files result files

AutoDelfia
MultiCalc
pogram

Figure 4 The new file transfer scheme.

The PreScan program grabs hold of all changes in the result files, processes them, and updates the
flags of the final result file according to the pre-scan results. The updated result file is sent to
MultiCalc for further processing.

Filename: PreScan algorithm description.doc Last saved 06.05.04 by

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 6.5.2004 Page 10/14

4. Detection of blood spots

The extracted blood spots alter the color of the liquid in the well. The liquid is itself does not absorb
visual light, whereas the extracted blood spots absorb several wavelengths. By performing an
additional measurement immediately after extraction (immediately before disk removal), the
instrument can determine whether there are samples present in the wells.

4.1 The detection algorithm

The detection algorithm works as follows:

1. The pre-scan readings of the plate are sorted in ascending order (padding with historical data for
the same analyte if the run does not contain a full plate) preserving the information on which
reading belongs to which well.

2. The average distance between any two adjacent readings is calculated for all readings between Q1
and Q3, ie. the lowest 25% and the highest 25% of the readings are left out. The skip-limit is set to
a factor N times the average. N is typically in the range of 100 – 250.

3. A scan is performed through the sorted readings from the lowest reading towards the highest. The
distance to the previous reading is calculated for each of the readings in turn. A distance greater
than the skip-limit will trigger the algorithm. As soon as a big enough distance to a previous
reading is found, the current reading is considered to represent a missing blood spot. All the rest of
the readings are also flagged as missing blood spots.

12000

10000

8000

Sorted readings
6000
Distance to prev

4000

2000

0
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 37 41 45 49 53 57 61 65 69 73 77 81 85 89 93

Figure 5 Example of detection of missing blood spots.

As figure 5 shows the detection is clean and stable when referring to distances between adjacent
readings. This particular example is of a TSH plate with three missing spots (the three rightmost ones).
AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 06.05.04 Page 11/14

4.2 Workstation files used by PreScan

The PreScan program has to read some of the workstation files (figure 6) in order to determine which
plates and kits are being analyzed. The number of chunks in each file and the size of each chunk are
also determined according to these files.

1. Whenever a change occurs in any of the result files (or a new result file is seen), the file
logfile.txt is scanned backwards from the end searching for the number of the last protocol
being run.

2. This protocol number is used as key into the file protocol.hbr to decode the assay- and
measurement protocols involved in the last measurement. If the last measurement protocol is the
pre-scan protcol, the change in the result file is assumed to be a new measurement chunk.

3. If the the updated lines represent pre-scan data, the measurement chunk size is determined on the
basis of the number of lines changed. If the updated lines represent analyte data, nothing is done
unless it is the very last chunk of the file, in which case the flags of the file are updated with the
possible indications of missing blood spots and the file is transferred to MultiCalc.

4. The file analytes.txt contains information on which protocols are neonatal and which are
not. If the assay protocol is non-neonatal, then the PreScan program will operate in a transparent
mode, just transferring the final result file further to MultiCalc.

Figure 6 AutoDELFIA workstation files read by the PreScan program.

Filename: PreScan algorithm description.doc Last saved 06.05.04 by

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 6.5.2004 Page 12/14

4.3 Files produced by PreScan

The PreScan program writes (or read/writes) the following files (figure 7):

1. The final result files *.NN’ are updated with flag data per line. These flags indicate possible
missing blood spots (if any).

Figure 7 Files written by the PreScan program.

Figure 8 The hierarchy of the result file archive.

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 06.05.04 Page 13/14

2. The file history.txt is a plain text log file containing entries (lines) referring to the steps
executed by the PreScan program.

3. Every neonatal analyte has got its own analyte.dat file, ie. tsh.dat and nt4.dat etc.
These files are stored in Python’s pickle format, and contain pre-scan readings for the N last wells
scanned (N is typically 96).

4. The PreScan program has (optionally) to save copies of all versions of all files it has processed.
These are kept in a hierarcial archive such that there are folders representing years, months and
dates containing copies of files processed at that time (figure 8).

4.4 Neo-mode vs. non-neo-mode

The PreScan program determines whether to activate the blood spot pre-scan algorithms from the
DELFIA.ini file by reading the flag:

...

[System]
NeoRun=YES
...

This flag is updated by the workstation program whenever the operator selects to enter (or exit)
neonatal mode. If the flag is not YES, then the PreScan program enters transparent mode and simply
transfers the final result files to MultiCalc.

Filename: PreScan algorithm description.doc Last saved 06.05.04 by

AutoDelfia PreScan Algorithm Description - AutoDelfia PreScan Date 6.5.2004 Page 14/14

5. Settings and adjustments

5.1 The PreScan INI-file

The behavior of the PreScan program is controlled from its INI-file. These parameters are meant to be
static in the sense that they should not need adjustment during normal operation of the instrument.
Listing 3 shows the file.

[General]
UseConsoleIo=YES
;AutoArchive=YES
PreScanProtocol=CNTX
WellHistoryLength=96
FlagSpotMissing=987701 Blood spot possibly missing
FlagDataMissing=987702 No PreScan data available
ErrorsTxt=FLAGGED
InputFileTTLsecs=360000
IniCheckIntervalSecs=60
LimitCoeff=250.0
LogLevel=128
DelTimeout=86400

[Directories]
InputDir=C:\DELFIA\prescan\in
WorkDir=C:\DELFIA\prescan\work
DataDir=C:\DELFIA\prescan\data
;OutputDir=C:\DELFIA\prescan\testOutput
OutputDir=C:\WiaCalc\0com\1235
ArchiveDir=C:\DELFIA\prescan\archive

[Files]
Repository=prescan.dat
History=history.txt

[WorkStation]
DELFIAIni=C:\DELFIA\exe\DELFIA.ini
ProtocolIni=C:\DELFIA\schedule\protocol.hbr
AnalytesIni=C:\DELFIA\data\analytes.txt
LogFileTxt=C:\DELFIA\schedule\logfile.txt

Listing 3 The PreScan INI-file.

5.2 Adjustments to DELFIA.INI

The AutoDELFIA workstation needs to transfer the files (both intermediate and final files) to the new
PreScan program, not to MultiCalc anymore. This is done by editing DELFIA.INI as shown in listing
4.

...
...

[MultiCalc]
McVersions = v.2.07;
McLdTries = 1
;CntListDir = C:\WIACALC\0COM\1235
CntListDir = C:\DELFIA\prescan\in
WorkListDir = C:\WIACALC\0AUX
AssProtDir = C:\WIACALC\USER
McMsgRecDir = C:\DELFIA\data
WlPatchDir = C:\DELFIA\DATA
WiaCalcIniDir = C:\WIACALC
McPifDir = C:\DELFIA\EXE
McDlgTxts = C:\DELFIA\data\McDlg.txt
...

Listing 4 Adjustments to the DELFIA.INI file.

 The SDB Announcement of the AutoDELFIA SDB-1297/1235-40

This message is intended to formally announce the launch of the new AutoDELFIA
software release V1.5 revision 7 which contains improved version of PreScan
software for checking the blood spots in neonatal plates and new protocols for new
Neonatal 17aOHP and Toxoplasmosis kits.

The update to this new release is mandatory for all neonatal customers not having
the PreScan version of AutoDELFIA software (V1.5 rev 6). If a neonatal customer
refuses to update to V1.5 rev 7 then we must ask this customer to sign the
disclaimer “Limitation of liability” and return this to us.

General information, known limitations, software order form and disclaimer

“Limitations of liability” have been posted in the AutoDELFIA Service Data Bulletin
section (SDB-1297/1235-40) of the GDS Technical Information Database Lotus
Notes.

If you have questions or issues related to implementation please feel free to contact
me.
 SDB-1297/1235-E40
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

MANDATORY for neonatal customers

DISTRIBUTION: INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää September 29, 2004 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PURPOSE:

This SDB is to inform you that a new release of the AutoDELFIA software, V1.5 revision 7 has
been launched.
This release contains improved version of PreScan software used for checking for blood spots

New software V1.5 rev 7 for 1235 AutoDELFIA

in neonatal plates.
The protocols for the updated Neonatal 17aOHP kit as well as for the coming new
Toxoplasmosis kit are included in V1.5 rev 7.

GENERAL:

The differences compared to the previous release are:

• PreScan is now a Windows program which can not be closed accidentally without “Are
you sure” type of confirmations.
• Please note that the PreScan software must always be running, also for non-neonatal
runs! The PreScan software is by default “minimized” (PreScan icon shown in the Task
bar), but if restored then the window looks as follows:

• If the PreScan closes down by itself a Windows error message will be displayed.
• PreScan checks whether it is already running. This will refuse starting second PreScan
at same time.
Ad-SDB-40.doc September 29, 2004 Page 2
• The PreScan algorithm has been adjusted to be less sensitive to avoid false “missing blood
spot” messages. The false messages may still exist but we prefer to not make the check
even less sensitive as this could lead to undetected missing blood spots.
• V1.5 rev 7 allows use of the same MultiCalc run ID for runs within 24 hours even we
recommend that different run IDs should be used.

V1.5 rev 7 has still some known limitations:

• The Counter signal level test does not work in Neo mode. Switch to non-Neo mode in order
to run the Counter signal level test.
• Tube barcode format is disabled if Neo mode is used and the mode is changed to the
normal mode using the Sample processor without restarting. Quick help to solve this
problem is to enable the Sample processor and then restart the Workstation program.
• Results/Evaluate and Results/Recover does not work from the Workstation menu. Recover
should instead be done from MultiCalc.
• The PreScan messages are not translated to Chinese, but shown in English (for all the
other supported languages we have the texts translated).
It is our intention that all AutoDELFIA instruments that are in neonatal use should be updated.
For AutoDELFIAs which have the previous PreScan version, V1.5 rev 6, it is not necessary to
update to V1.5 rev 7, but strongly recommended.

If a neonatal customer refuses to update to the new release then we must ask this customer to
sign the attached disclaimer.

AutoDELFIA software, V1.5 rev 7 can be ordered FOC for all your AutoDELFIA neonatal
customers, using the attached Software Order Form. Please fill it in for all your neonatal
AutoDELFIA customers and return it to Wallac technical service.

AutoDELFIA software V1.5 rev 7 can be used with Windows 95, NT 4.0 and XP (SP1 and SP2).
The PC needs to be updated for customers still using Windows 3.1. Please see Marketing News
No. 2, January 21, 2004, for details of the current AutoDELFIA PC model. In case of PC update the
new software release does not need to be ordered separately as it is included with the
AutoDELFIA PC, order number 1235-8060.

PROCEDURE:

Neonatal customer

• Fill the attached Software Order Form.

• E-mail or fax it to Wallac technical service.
• Update the software.
• Fill the Software Update Form found on the V1.5 rev 7 CD.
• E-mail or fax it to Wallac technical service.

Non neonatal customer

For non-neonatal customers the new software release can be ordered using
order number 10859806. The transfer price is €70 or $80.

Encl.: Software Order Form for V1.5 rev 7

Disclaimer: Limitation of Liability
 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Wallac Oy
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
Fax: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8357

http://www.perkinelmer.com

DISCLAIMER: LIMITATION OF LIABILITY / Mandatory AutoDELFIA software update

This is to confirm that the PerkinElmer company Wallac Oy, its affiliate and/or their distributor has
informed us of the need to update all AutoDELFIA instruments used for neonatal screening with the
software release V1.5 revision 7 in order to check for possible missing blood spots in plates, and of
the consequence of not performing the update.

We, being fully aware of the risks should this updated software version not be installed, refuse to
accept that this new version be installed and we represent and warrant that we utilize another,
validated method to ensure there are no missing blood spots in wells.

We agree to release PerkinElmer LAS, Inc., Wallac Oy, their affiliates, their distributors and each of
their employees, officers, directors and agents (the Released Parties) from any liability whatsoever
related to any absence of blood spots in wells, undertake to accept full and total responsibility for the
consequences of not performing the update with software release V1.5 revision 7, and agree to
indemnify and hold harmless each of the Released Parties against any claim, liability, judgement or
cost (including reasonable attorneys fees) related to missing blood spots in plates that are run
without the software release V1.5 revision 7.

________________________________
[Date]

________________________________
[Name of the company / institution]

________________________________
[Authorized signatory, Title]

Wallac Oy Business Identity Code: 0937168-4 Registered office: Helsinki

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Wallac Oy
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
Fax: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8357

http://www.perkinelmer.com

SOFTWARE ORDER FORM

AutoDELFIA SOFTWARE V1.5 Rev 7 FOR NEONATAL SCREENING LABORATORIES

Please send the order form to:

Antti Suonpää
Email: service.turku@perkinelmer.com
Fax no.: +358 2 2678 533

Contact information for shipping the software CD:

Shipping address:

Contact person:
Phone number:

Customer information:

Customer number:
Laboratory name:
Laboratory address:

Contact person:

Plate processor serial number(s): 2350

(List all)
2350

2350

PC model(s):
Operating system(s):
Note! V1.5 rev 7 needs Windows 95, NT 4.0 or XP!

Which kits does the laboratory use? NeoTSH

NeoT4
Neo17OHP
NeoIRT

Ordered by (name):
Date:

Wallac Oy Business Identity Code: 0937168-4 Registered office: Helsinki

 SDB-1297/1235-E41
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää March 15, 2005 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PURPOSE:

This SDB is to inform you about the AutoDELFIA software Service Pack 1 (SP1), order number
61002791. AutoDELFIA SP1 is correction for the Sample processor liquid detection problem.
SP1 is valid for 1297-014 software versions V1.4 rel 8…V1.5 rev 7 but not for 1297-004. This
software upgrade is not mandatory but is recommended in case of liquid detection problems
especially with the gel tubes. The software change will not be included in the coming new
versions and releases of the AutoDELFIA software.

AutoDELFIA software Service Pack 1

GENERAL:

It has been noticed that for some reason the liquid detection from the sample tube may fail and
the probe goes to the lowest allowed level without detecting the liquid. This will result “No
liquid” error even there is enough liquid in the tube. This problem has been seen especially with
the “gel tubes”. In case the probe enters the gel the probe may clog or stuck in gel, at least it
becomes dirty.

The actual liquid detection has not been modified in SP1 but the signal from the liquid detector
is checked before and after each liquid detection. If the signal level is 500 or more the probes
are lifted up and the liquid detectors are recalibrated before next attempt. If it fails three times
consecutively the error situation 4500 is generated, the error is sent to history log and the
dialog informs the user that the assay has been aborted.

Below an example of abnormal situation which has terminated the assay:

SampleConv 10:17:21 302 Starting to fetch tube and rack 1004 to the sampling position
SampleConv 10:17:26 302 Tube and rack 1004 fetched successfully
ArmControl 10:17:28 302 probe motor 2 destination position was 0
ArmControl 10:17:28 302 probe motor 2 acceleration was 859
ArmControl 10:17:30 302 probe motor 2 destination position was 0
ArmControl 10:17:30 302 probe motor 2 acceleration was 860
ArmControl 10:17:32 302 probe motor 2 destination position was 0
ArmControl 10:17:32 302 probe motor 2 acceleration was 859
SampleDisp 10:17:32 302 An unrecoverable liquid system error has occurred
SampleDisp 10:17:32 302 Waiting for user response after detection of exception 4500.
SampleDisp 10:17:56 302 Button Abort has been pressed in an exception dialogue.
SampleProc 10:17:56 302 Sample pipetting or diluting at plate 3 is aborted
SampleProc 10:17:56 302 Samples starting at line 35 of frontcom file are not processed
SampleProc 10:17:59 302 End of operation SAMPLER.
Ad-SDB-41.doc March 15, 2005 Page 2
ArmControl 10:17:28 302 probe motor 2 destination position was 0
If the “Destination” = 0 the next “Acceleration” contains an
abnormal value from the liquid detector. “Probe motor 2”
means that the abnormal value is from probe #2.
ArmControl 10:17:28 302 probe motor 2 acceleration was 859
This value is considered as abnormal because it is > 500.

If there are three of these messages consecutively it will result error condition 4500 as in the
example above.

In normal condition the liquid detector values are also logged in history file. The normal liquid
detection is like below:

SampleConv 10:15:45 302 Starting to fetch tube and rack 7002 to the sampling position
SampleConv 10:15:45 302 Tube and rack 7002 fetched successfully
ArmControl 10:16:03 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 93
ArmControl 10:16:03 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 109
ArmControl 10:16:03 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 841
ArmControl 10:16:03 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 859
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 839
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 859
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 242
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 307
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 242
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 842
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 355
ArmControl 10:16:04 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 858
ArmControl 10:16:06 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 841
ArmControl 10:16:06 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 860
ArmControl 10:16:06 302 Current probe motor 1 position is 275
ArmControl 10:16:06 302 Current probe motor 2 position is 369
SampleDisp 10:16:07 302 Surface level is 1942 in object rack, row 2, col 7, probe 1
SampleDisp 10:16:07 302 Surface level is 2035 in object rack, row 2, col 8, probe 2

The advantage of SP1 is that in most cases the error is avoided by checking the signal from liquid
detectors before the probes enter the liquid and by recalibrating the liquid detectors if necessary.

Please note that if the parameter “Surface detect start level” in Workstation – Settings –
Tube types has been set so low that the probes are already in liquid when the surface
detection is activated the process will fail.

PROCEDURE:

This software upgrade is not mandatory but is recommended in case of liquid detection problems
especially with the gel tubes. The order number for SP1 CD is 61002791.

Complete installation instructions are found in README.TXT file on the SP1 CD.

• Copy all original HEX files from c:\delfia\sampler to c:\delfiabu\orghex folder

• Copy the six new HEX files from CD to c:\delfia\sampler folder
• Check that Read Only attribute is not checked on file c:\delfia\sampler\node21.hex
• Start the sample processor program
• Select system – flash to update the sample processor flash ROMs.
• Select load – init. Node 21 version, when the SP1 is installed, is 1.40.21.
 SDB-1297/1235-E42
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää March 31, 2005 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

PURPOSE:

This SDB is to inform you about the problem in the AutoDELFIA power supply 11710059. The
power supply may switch off by itself due to the overheating. The sample processor may
suddenly drop the z-racks or the plate processor stops in the middle of run.

AutoDELFIA power supply 11710059, bad fan

GENERAL:

The power supply 11710059 is cooled by a fan which runs only if the temperature is above
certain limit. If the fan has jammed the power supply gets too hot, the overheat protection will
switch it off. The life time of the “sleeve” bearing used in the original fans is short. By experience
the fans start jamming in less than two years of use.

The new power supplies have better fans which are equipped with two ball bearings instead of
sleeve bearing.

The serial numbers of the instrument which have bad fans are:

1297 Sample Processor S/N 2970641…771

1235 Plate Processor S/N 2350704, 705, 708…804

Power supply with new fan is marked SP-300-24B2

Power supply with old fan is marked SP-300-24

Fan with two ball bearings is marked KD1206PTB1(2)

Fan with sleeve bearing is marked KD1206PTS1

New fan for “upgrading” old power supply order number 11950694

PROCEDURE:

It is recommended to replace the fans for all AutoDELFIA instruments mentioned above. This
should be done during next service visit (service call, PM, Software upgrade…). There are two
power supplies in the plate processor and one in sample processor.
 SDB-1297/1235-E43
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää May 20, 2005 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PURPOSE:

This SDB is to inform you about the AutoDELFIA software Service Pack 3 (SP3), order number
6100 3196. AutoDELFIA SP3 is correction for the file handing conflict between PreScan,
Workstation and MultiCalc programs in AutoDELFIA software V1.5 rev 7. Due to the conflict the

AutoDELFIA V1.5 rev 7 software Service Pack 3

counts files may remain in C:\delfia\prescan\in folder and no results are printed out from
MultiCalc.

GENERAL:

Due to the file handling conflict between PreScan, Workstation and MultiCalc programs the
PreScan may stop transferring counts files to MultiCalc. The message in the log file
c:\delfia\prescan\data\history.txt says “Copying xxxx to C:\WiaCalc\0com\1235\xxxx” but in fact
the file has not been copied, see the example below:

2005-03-16 21:00:42 "------"

2005-03-16 21:00:42 "New input file NT4.B21"
2005-03-16 21:00:42 "Copying NT4.B21 to C:\WiaCalc\0com\1235\NT4.B21"
2005-03-16 21:00:42 "Processing prescan results from NT4.B21"
2005-03-16 21:00:42 "New counts file NT4.B21, total 258 wells"
2005-03-16 21:00:42 "Extracted prescan chunk, wells 1 to 96"
2005-03-16 21:00:42 "Not all prescan data collected. Waiting for more."
2005-03-16 21:23:30 "------"
2005-03-16 21:23:30 "Input file NT4.B21 changed"
2005-03-16 21:23:30 "Copying NT4.B21 to C:\WiaCalc\0com\1235\NT4.B21"

The PreScan has collapsed at this point. No more actions are logged into the History.txt file even if
the Workstation is still running and the plate processor is measuring plates. The next message is
"Prescan has stopped by external request" when the user has shut down the prescan.

2005-03-17 08:10:39 "PreScan stopped by external request"

SP3 has exception handing which will solve this problem. In case of file conflict a note (Note 1)
is written to the history.txt and a retry is performed in a second. Fatal error (Note 2) is reported
if 20 retries did not solve the problem. In case of any unknown exception that halts the file
processing Note 3 is written to the History.txt.

Note 1. <date and time> Conflict <filename>

Note 2. <date and time> File conflict [Errno <OS. error number>] < OS. provided description>: <filename>
Note 3. <date and time> File processing exception failure. Restart.
<date and time> Exception <OS. provided description>

The AutoDELFIA Service Pack 3 may only be used together with V1.5 rev 7!
Ad-SDB-43.doc May 20, 2005 Page 2

PROCEDURE:

This software upgrade is not mandatory but is highly recommended for all systems where
V1.5 rev 7 is installed. The order number for the SP3 CD is 6100 3196. USD 5 will be charged for
the CD.

When you install V1.5 rev 7 please install the SP3 at the same time. The SP3 CD will also be
included with the V1.5 rev 7 software package as well as with new AutoDELFIA deliveries.

Please e-mail the software update form to service.turku@perkinelmer.com or fax to

+ 358 2 2678533.

Installation:

Installation and uninstallation instructions are also found in README.RTF file on the SP3 CD.

To verify which version of PreScan is installed open the Windows Exploder, locate the file
C:\delfia\prescan\prescan.exe. Right click on the file and select properties. The description of SP3
is: AutoDELFIA PreScan, SP3.

• Confirm that the current software is V1.50 Revision 7 (Workstation – Help – About).
• Close the AutoDELFIA Workstation and PreScan programs
• Uninstall SP3 Beta if that version of PreScan is installed in the system
• Run Install from the SP3 CD.
o The installation makes a copy of folder c:\delfia\prescan to c:\delfia\OldPrescan.
o The content of the CD folder SP3upd is copied to c:\delfia\prescan overwriting old
files and subfolders.
• Start PreScan and check that PreScan window shows “Service Pack 3”.

If for some reasons you want to uninstall the SP3 then proceed as follows:

Uninstallation:

• Shut down the PreScan program.

• Run Uninstall from the SP3 CD.
o The uninstallation copy all dll, exe, pyd, library.zip file and Tel folder from
c:\delfia\OldPrescan to c:\delfia\prescan folder.
 SDB-1297/1235-E44
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

MANDATORY for neonatal customers

without V1.5 rev 6 or rev 7, and have not signed the Limitation
of liability
DISTRIBUTION: INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää October 27, 2005 PAGE 1 OF 3 PAGES

PURPOSE:

New software V1.5 rev 8 for 1235 AutoDELFIA

This SDB is to inform you that a new release of the AutoDELFIA software, V1.5 revision 8 has
been launched.
The file handling conflict found in V1.5 rev 7 is corrected in this new release. It also contains
improved algorithm in the PreScan software used for detecting the missing blood spots in
neonatal plates.

GENERAL:

The differences compared to the previous release (V1.5 rev 7) are:

• Synchronized use of “TCL GUI” software module. In version 1.5 rev 7 a failure in this
module caused PreScan to stop.
• Improved PreScan algorithm for detecting missing blood spots in neonatal plates.
• The dilution factor 1:100 is added to the SHBG MultiCalc protocol as all SHBG samples
must be diluted 1:100. This can be changed or removed, for example it must be
removed if using the LISA LIS query software as the dilution factors are then received
from the LIS.
• A new diluent will later be used with the PAPP-A kit and the new protocol is included in
V1.5 rev 8. However the old protocol, using DELFIA Diluent II, must still be used until
we launch the kit update.

KNOWN ISSUES:

V1.5 rev 8 has still some known issues which are listed in the attached document, 70002053.
Ad-SDB-44.doc October 27, 2005 Page 2

UPDATE OF THE PRESCAN SUBSYSTEM:

Note! Read these instructions before doing the update.

AutoDELFIA Workstation version 1.5 revision 8 includes a full installation of the package. If earlier
versions of PreScan is installed, i.e. AutoDELFIA V1.5 rev 5 – rev 7, then one can also update the
PreScan subsystem by the following steps. Use Windows Explorer to do the steps. Locate the
delfia folder on C drive and insert the CD on drive D. Do not start the Setup on the CD.

1. BACKUP. Make a backup of current system by copying c:\delfia\prescan folder and

subfolders into new folder ( e.g. c:\delfiabackup\prescan or a memory stick )
2. Copy all the contents of cd folder D:\Prescan to folder c:\delfia\prescan but EXCLUDING
the DAT and ARCHIVE folders. The DAT folder contains the previous prescan data from
the customer plates. This data is to be used also in the new version. The archive folder on
the CD is empty.
3. Copy from the cd the prescan ini file ( d:\prescan\data\prescan.ini ) into folder
c:\delfia\prescan\data
4. TEST. Test the installation by starting the Prescan with a double-click on Prescan.exe in
folder c:\delfia\PreScan. The history display shall show AutoDELFIA V1.5 rev 8, PreScan
$Revision: 43 $, date, Ready and File processor started –lines.

Troubleshooting:

If the log display of PreScan is totally empty when PreScan is started the cause is probably the
ReadOnly property of the History.log file. You most probably did copy the complete PreScan folder
from CD to drive C. The files on CD have property ReadOnly activated because you cannot write
on CD. When doing the copy the ReadOnly property is assigned to the files on C also. The
history.log file, and also the analyte DAT files, shall not have ReadOnly property on. Restore the
DAT and ARCHIVE folders from the BACKUP you made on step 1 and then copy only the
DAT\PreScan.ini file from CD to C.

Procedure for adjusting the PreScan parameters

In case the rate false warning messages of PreScan exceeds 1 message / 10 plates and the rate
is causing problems to the user, following actions shall be considered. The AutoArchieve of
PreScan shall be activated and the resulting <analyte>.P<runid> shall be sent to Techical Support
Specialist for analysis by manufacturer. A study with all analytes used by the customer in the
instrument is needed, with 20% of intentionally empty wells and 300 true specimen samples. The
manufacturer will find out the new parameter setting so that the risk of empty well passing the
PreScan unnoticed is on acceptable level. The field service engineer is then authorized and
instructed to adjust the parameters to specific level. The adjusted level can be utilized only with
Ad-SDB-44.doc October 27, 2005 Page 3
the specific instrument and the specific analytes used. The list of analytes used and the changed
parameter setting is recorded in service log file of the instrument.

UPDATE PROCEDURE:

It is our intention that all AutoDELFIA instruments that are in neonatal use should be
updated. For AutoDELFIAs which have the previous PreScan version, V1.5 rev 6 or rev 7, it is not
mandatory to update to V1.5 rev 8, but strongly recommended.

If a neonatal customer refuses to update to the new release or has not signed the disclaimer
before then we must ask this customer to sign the attached disclaimer.

Please note that local Field Service Specialist must plan, coordinate and report the updates
in his area. Updates must be completed within next six months. During installation FSS or
CSE will fill in the Software update form found on the V1.5 rev 8 CD and send it to Wallac technical service.
Received software update forms will be filed by Wallac technical service. FSS must report all discrepancy to
the plan to Wallac technical service.

AutoDELFIA software, V1.5 rev 8 can be ordered FOC for all your AutoDELFIA neonatal
customers, using the attached Software Order Form. Please fill it in for all your neonatal
AutoDELFIA customers and return it to Wallac technical service.

AutoDELFIA software V1.5 rev 8 can be used with Windows 95, NT 4.0 and XP (SP1 and SP2).
The PC needs to be updated for customers still using Windows 3.1. Please see Marketing News,
November 2005, for details of the current AutoDELFIA PC model. In case of PC update the new
software release does not need to be ordered separately as it is included with the AutoDELFIA PC,
order number 1235-8060.

Neonatal customer

• Fill the attached Software Order Form.

• E-mail or fax it to Wallac technical service.
• Update the software.
• Fill the Software Update Form found on the V1.5 rev 8 CD.
• E-mail or fax it to Wallac technical service.

Non neonatal customer

For non-neonatal customers the new software release can be ordered using
order number 10859806. The transfer price is 70 or $80.

Encl.: Software Order Form for V1.5 rev 8

Disclaimer: Limitation of Liability
AutoDELFIA V1.5 rev 8 PreScan related known issues
 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Wallac Oy
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
Fax: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8357

http://www.perkinelmer.com

DISCLAIMER: LIMITATION OF LIABILITY / Mandatory AutoDELFIA software update

This is to confirm that the PerkinElmer company Wallac Oy, its affiliate and/or their distributor has
informed us of the need to update all AutoDELFIA instruments used for neonatal screening with the
software release V1.5 revision 8 in order to check for possible missing blood spots in plates, and of
the consequence of not performing the update.

We, being fully aware of the risks should this updated software version not be installed, refuse to
accept that this new version be installed and we represent and warrant that we utilize another,
validated method to ensure there are no missing blood spots in wells.

We agree to release PerkinElmer LAS, Inc., Wallac Oy, their affiliates, their distributors and each of
their employees, officers, directors and agents (the Released Parties) from any liability whatsoever
related to any absence of blood spots in wells, undertake to accept full and total responsibility for the
consequences of not performing the update with software release V1.5 revision 8, and agree to
indemnify and hold harmless each of the Released Parties against any claim, liability, judgement or
cost (including reasonable attorneys fees) related to missing blood spots in plates that are run
without the software release V1.5 revision 8.

________________________________
[Date]

________________________________
[Name of the company / institution]

________________________________
[Authorized signatory, Title]

Wallac Oy Business Identity Code: 0937168-4 Registered office: Helsinki

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Wallac Oy
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
Fax: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8357

http://www.perkinelmer.com

SOFTWARE ORDER FORM

AutoDELFIA SOFTWARE V1.5 Rev 8 FOR NEONATAL SCREENING LABORATORIES

Please send the order form to:

Antti Suonpää
Email: service.turku@perkinelmer.com
Fax no.: +358 2 2678 533

Contact information for shipping the software CD:

Shipping address:

Contact person:
Phone number:

Customer information:

Customer number:
Laboratory name:
Laboratory address:

Contact person:

Plate processor serial number(s): 2350

(List all)
2350

2350

PC model(s):
Operating system(s):
Note! V1.5 rev 8 needs Windows 95, NT 4.0 or XP!

Which kits does the laboratory use? NeoTSH

NeoT4
Neo17OHP
NeoIRT

Ordered by (name):
Date:

Wallac Oy Business Identity Code: 0937168-4 Registered office: Helsinki

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

AutoDELFIA V1.5 revision 8 PreScan Related Known Issues

Counter signal test

The counter signal test does not work in NEO mode. To enable the counter signal test, switch the analyser into non-NEO
mode.

Barcode notice

Tube barcode format is disabled if neo mode is used and the mode is changed to the normal mode using the sample
processor without restarting. Quick help to solve this problem is to enable the sample processor before restarting and then
close the whole workstation and restart the workstation again.

Results EVALUATE and RECOVER

These functions are incompatible with the PreScan program and cannot be used. Workaround is to use Multicalc Recover
function. If they are accidentally used, they might stop the PreScan program. After accidental usage the user has to verify
that PreScan is running.

The window of the PreScan program

The window displays a copy of the latest lines in the log file. The slowly rotating bar at the bottom of the window
indicates that the program is running. The PreScan program has to be running at all times!

PreScan texts are not localized into Chinese

In Chinese version of the software the PreScan messages are shown in English.

70002053 1/2
Revision: A
Occasional false positives from PreScan
The PreScan system is designed to flag every missing blood spot well. Due to statistical variation in the colour of the
samples the method sometimes also flags wells which do have a blood spot. If the actual DELFIA test does show a valid
result for the flagged well, the warning about possibly missing well should be ignored by the user. One can edit the INI
file of PreScan in file C:\DELFIA\PreScan\Data\Prescan.ini to activate automatic data archiving. Remove the semicolon
from beginning of the line
AutoArchive=YES
The software will then generate files on prescan\archive folder. The files with <analyte>.P<runid> will then have
individual PreScan measurement results of each well.

PreScan is adaptive method. Immediately after installation the capability of finding empty wells is not complete. One
should measure at least one full plate before the capability is complete. Also, if the amount of intentionally empty wells on
plate is more than 25%, the capability is not complete.

Problems when changing display color mode

When AutoDELFIA software is started the system automatic chances the display into 256 color mode. If the color mode
change is done while the PreScan is already running the PreScan log window does not show the logged data but a copy of
background window image. Assuming that AutoDELFIA is idle and not running an assay, one can close and restart the
PreScan program.

Re-measuring a plate in Neo mode does not work

When the system is in Neo mode the PreScan software assumes that complete assays are run, including the PreScan
measurement. In case the measurement is started from a plate map view in Workstation, the measurement does not
produce results. This function can not be used in Neo mode.

Log file is not automatic truncated

The PreScan writes events into History.txt on folder C:\DELFIA\PreScan\Data. This file is never truncated by the system
and can grow with no limit. The file with 500 000 lines has been working with no problem but in case of troubles one can
remove the contents of the file using e.g. Notepad.

PreScan and virus scan

PreScan is very often doing file access operations. Automatic virus scan does sometimes conflict on file access with
PreScan. The History.txt will then have error messages cannot find folder as follows:
2005-10-07 09:42:28 "FileOpenWithRetry(c:\Delfia\PreScan\data\h_beat.txt, w) failed with [Errno 2] No such file or
directory: 'c:\\Delfia\\PreScan\\data\\h_beat.txt'"
PreScan will try file access 20 times and if no success the PreScan is stopped. Automatic virus scan is a risk to correct
operation of PreScan and Workstation.

70002053 2/2
Revision: A
 SDB-1297/1235-E45
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää Jan. 23, 2006 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PURPOSE:

This SDB is to inform you about the new enhancement pump in AutoDELFIA Plate Processor.

GENERAL:

The enhancement pump unit 10858678 is replaced with the new pump unit 61002800 because
the pump 11410012 used in the original pump unit is not manufactured any longer. The new
pump unit is installed in all plate processors from serial number 2350833 onward, excluding
S/N -834, -838 and -839. The new pump unit is fully compatible with the old one, no software
nor cabling modification needed if you replace the old unit with the new one.

New enhancement pump

Part numbers for the new unit:

61002800 Complete enhancement pump unit

61003718 outlet valve / tubing

11206114 61003718

There is a Teflon gasket 11206114 between

the pump and valve. The gasket is supplied
with the outlet tubing 61003718.
Ad-SDB-45.doc Jan. 23, 2006 Page 2

Extra flushing may occur during enhancement dispensing

The pressure of the enhancement may fluctuate during enhancement dispensing. If it fluctuates
too much the enhancement dispenser will go to the home position for flushing. It is normal at the
moment when the right enhancement bottle gets empty. If flushing occurs frequently then check
the tube between the enhancement bottles. Check that the ends of the tube are not flattened and
have nice sharp cut. The left end has straight or -shape cut, the right end MUST have -
shape cut.

Below an example of the enhancement pressure before and after enlarging the flattened tube by
cutting approximately 2mm away from the end of the tube.

EnhSolDisp 19:30:38 412 A01 pump 1 volume 0 flow 305 status 0

EnhSolDisp 19:30:39 412 A02 pump 1 volume 0 flow 311 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:39 412 A03 pump 1 volume 0 flow 312 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:40 412 A04 pump 1 volume 0 flow 313 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:41 412 A05 pump 1 volume 0 flow 313 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:41 412 A06 pump 1 volume 0 flow 314 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:42 412 A07 pump 1 volume 0 flow 314 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:43 412 A08 pump 1 volume 0 flow 313 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:43 412 A09 pump 1 volume 0 flow 315 status 1001 (flush)
EnhSolDisp 19:30:57 412 A10 pump 1 volume 0 flow 305 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:58 412 A11 pump 1 volume 0 flow 311 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:30:59 412 A12 pump 1 volume 0 flow 312 status 0
EnhSolDisp 19:31:01 412 B01 pump 1 volume 0 flow 305 status 0

Enhancement pressure before and after cutting the tube

318
316
314
312
310
Before
308
After
306
304
302
300
298
1 6 11 16 21 26 31 36 41 46 51 56 61 66 71 76 81 86 91 96

The tube has been checked from serial number 2350854 onwards excluding S/N -855. -856, -857,
-860 and -862.

Enhancement pump volume limits

The upper limit for the enhancement pump volume has been changed from 210ul to 220ul. The
limits are 195…220ul. These limits are valid for both type enhancement pumps.

Attachment:

Pump unit mechanical drawing, 61002800_A.pdf.

 SDB-1297/1235-E47
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää November 23, 2006 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform field service about the AutoDELFIA Service Pack 4 (SP4).

GENERAL:

The version of the barcode reader used in the 1297 Sample Processor has changed. The new
version is Datalogic DS-2100A. The previous version, DS-2100 is no longer available. The
reading characteristics of the new version are slightly different than in the old one. This has
forced us to modify the firmware of node 23.

The Service Pack 4 is compatible with all AutoDELFIA software versions from V1.4 rel 8 to

AutoDELFIA Service Pack 4

V1.5 rev 8 but it may only be used with DS-2100A barcode reader.

The order number for the SP4 CD is 61004460.

PROCEDURE:

SP4 is installed by running install.bat from the SP4 CD. See readme.txt on the SP4 CD.

New installation or software update (V1.4 rel 8 … V1.5 rev 8)

• Install the AutoDELFIA software.

• Check the version of the barcode reader in the sample processor.
• Install Service Pack 4 if the barcode reader is DS-2100A.
• Update the Flash ROMs.

Barcode reader replacement

If you replace the barcode reader (Nippon Denso, DS-40 or DS-2100) with DS-2100A then:

• Confirm that the AD software is V1.4 rel 8 … V1.5 rev 8. Update if necessary.
• Install Service Pack 4.
• Update the Flash ROMs.

NOTE: If you reinstall AutoDELFIA software you need to reinstall also SP4.
 SDB-1297/1235-E48
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää February 9, 2007 PAGE 1 OF 3 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform field service about the AutoDELFIA Software V2.0.

GENERAL:

The new AutoDELFIA software version has several new or improved features but it is not a
mandatory update. The instruments in the field will be updated only on request by the customer
who wants to use new features implemented in V2.0. The main new features or changes are:

1. Additional loading – Capability to load more tests during a run. AutoDELFIA is no

longer locked during a run, but more tests can be loaded provided capacity exists in the

AutoDELFIA Software V2.0

system (for plates, reagent cassettes and standard vials). In certain cases, Additional
Loading can be performed several times during a run. Use the LOCK button when
opening the Sample processor lid. Additional Loading requires that all plates being
processed as part of the normal run must be in the incubator for at least 10 minutes
time, but often more time is needed. Please see the attached “Software Release
Information” further details.
2. Dual label assays for neonatal screening, e.g. the new Hemoglobinopathies
screening assay, can now be processed on AutoDELFIA. Earlier, only non-neonatal
dual label assays were available.
3. PreScan integration; the process for checking for missing filter paper disks in neonatal
plates has now been fully integrated into the software. The algorithm is the same as in
V1.5 revision 8, see page 25 in the Instrument manual.
4. Measuring or re-measuring of plates. Earlier, the separate measure function could
not be used together with the PreScan function. This shortcoming is corrected in V2.0
by introducing a new Measure function. As before, this is accessed from the plate map,
either after the test data (worklists) have been loaded (thus using AutoDELFIA simply as
a measurement unit) or after a run (to re-measure plates).
5. Improved screen resolution. The operation of earlier software versions was limited to
256 colors. This shortcoming is now corrected.
6. New Assay protocol editor. For example, the “PREV” and “REF” buttons, which were
not allowed to be used with the AutoDELFIA kits, have been removed, and the Print
function has been enhanced with a preview.
7. New installation program. Installation now uses the industry standard Windows XP
procedures. These support, for example, uninstall and registration in the Startup menu.
The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the AutoDELFIA
Instrument and User manuals.
Software version 2.0 has still certain known issues. To avoid these, please read the attached
release notes carefully and follow the instructions given.
AD-SDB-48 February 9, 2007 Page 2
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

• Windows XP operating system (NT and older Windows versions not supported)
• Dell GX620 or newer or equivalent with Intel Pentium processor, 256MB or more
memory, 1GB free disk space.
o If DELL GX620 then disable Hyper-Threading in the system setup screen of
the BIOS (F2 Setup – Performance – Hyper-Threading - OFF)
o If DELL Optiplex 745 then turn off the multible CPU core in the system setup
screen of the BIOS (F2 Setup – Performance – Multible CPU Core – OFF).
• CD-ROM drive is required and a Wallac Instrument Interface Card to operate the
instrument.
• 1297-014 Sample Processor or no sample processor (1297-004 not supported).

Note 1297-004: Because the V2.0 does not work with old type sample processor 1297-004 and
because the Hamilton pumps are no longer available, it is time to consider replacing the
sample processor with a new one. It is already 12 years since we finished producing the 1297-
004 model of the sample processor.
Note SP1 and SP4: Service packs SP1 and SP4 are not included in the V2.0 CD. They have to
be installed, if needed, from the separate CD’s.
SP1: Correction for the liquid detection problems, see SDB-1297/1235-41 for more details.
SP4: If the barcode reader in the 1297 Sample processor is DS-2100A then SP4 has to be
installed after the V2.0 installation, see SDB-1297/1235-47. Sample processor S/N 2970744
and from S/N 2970746 onwards have DS-2100A reader.

ORDERING INFORMATION

The new software can be acquired by ordering:

• the 1235-8070 AutoDELFIA software update package, containing the software CD, the
updated manuals and the Release notes. There will be a small fee for this update
package, covering the packing and shipment costs, at approx 150 Euros or 200 USD as
the customer list price.
• a new 1235-8060 AutoDELFIA PC.
• a new AutoDELFIA system (1235-501, 1235-514 or 1235-714)

SOFTWARE UPDATE REPORT

Please fill the Software Update report form found on the AutoDELFIA V2.0 software CD and
send it to PKI Turku Site technical service.
Fax : +358 2 2678 305
E-mail : TKU_SoftwareUpdateReports@perkinelmer.com

TRAINING MATERIAL

V2.0 software for training purpose, Instrument manual, User manual and other V2.0 training
material can be downloaded from:
ftp://support.wallac.fi/home/servacct/Software/V2_TrainingMaterial/
User name: servacct
Password: 53rv1ce

It is highly recommended to study all new features prior to the new AutoDELFIA installation or
software update.
AD-SDB-48 February 9, 2007 Page 3
V2.0 DEMO MODE

In version 1.x the demo mode was started by the [System]

CANCEL-button in communicate with the instrument SystemID=0
dialog. In V2.0 you need to edit Delfia.ini and set Serial=2350030,1
the PPInUse=NO before you start the program. Name=AutoDELFIA 1,0
WLreceive=NO

PPInUse=NO
SPInUse=YES
SPInstalled=YES
SPCheck=NO
ALInUse=YES

SOFTWARE UPDATE FROM EARLIER VERSION

The software update does not overwrite default.sam file. After the software update the
following 7 lines marked in bold must be added manually. Use Notepad to add the lines.
Default.sam is found in:

C:\delfia\sampler\default.sam

#include {sampProgPath}spswitch.ohj
# wait until int not used and busy
#label RosysRetry
#WaitReport ROSYS
#if {waitStatus} <> 0
#delay 3
#goto RosysRetry
#endif
#block 10
#mailbox ROSYS
# AutoDELFIA Sampler general, tube and liquid transfer parameters
# format ver 14: clotHeight

Attachments:

Software Installation and updating instructions ( = Section 8 in the Instrument Manual )

Software release information ( AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 )
 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

Software Release Information

1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0
The new AutoDELFIA software version comes with several new or improved capabilities.

The three key enhancements offering new value to customers are:

1. Additional Loading - Capability to load more tests during a run. AutoDELFIA is no longer
locked during a run, but more tests can be loaded provided capacity exists in the system (for
plates, reagent cassettes and standard vials). In certain cases, Additional Loading can be
performed several times during a run. Please see the list below for further details. Use the LOCK
button when opening the Sample processor lid. Additional Loading requires that all plates being
processed as part of the normal run must be in the incubator for at least 10 minutes time, but
often more time is needed.
2. Dual label assays for neonatal screening. AutoDELFIA V2.0 is prepared for dual label neonatal
assays, as the coming Hemoglobinopathies screening assay. Earlier, only non-neonatal dual label
assays were possible to run on AutoDELFIA.
3. PreScan integration; the process for checking for missing filter paper disks in neonatal plates
has now been fully integrated into the software. The algorithm is the same as previously.

In addition the following have been improved:

4. Measuring or re-measuring of plates. Earlier, the separate measure function could not be used
together with the PreScan function. This shortcoming is corrected in V2.0 by introducing a new
Measure function. As before, this is accessed from the plate map, either after the test data
(worklists) have been loaded (thus using AutoDELFIA simply as a measurement unit) or after a
run (to re-measure plates).
5. Improved screen resolution. The operation of earlier software versions was limited to 256
colors. This shortcoming is now corrected.
6. New Assay protocol editor. For example, the “PREV” and “REF” buttons, which were not
allowed to be used with the AutoDELFIA kits, have been removed, and the Print function has
been enhanced with a preview.
7. New installation program. Installation now uses the industry standard Windows XP installation
procedures. These support, for example, uninstall and registration in the Startup menu.

The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the AutoDELFIA Instrument
and User manuals.

The new software requires Windows XP Service Pack 2. It has only been tested with the English version
of Windows XP.

Software version 2.0 has still certain known issues. To avoid these, please read this document carefully
and follow the instructions given.

1/4
 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

( Note field legend: A – Additional Loading Only, N - new issue, O – as before )

Known issues that may appear for all AutoDELFIA users

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Messages not on top Sometimes messages are not shown on the screen because they are hidden N
under the new schedule screen. Please use the Alt-Tab keys to see these
messages, for example the message about manual pipetting.
Only worklist selection in There is no Create list function in Additional Loading. The worklist must A
Additional Loading include at least one sample. Samples not in the worklists can still be loaded
and these will then be added to one or several of the loaded worklists.
Timeout in Additional Loading If Additional Loading cannot be finished during the time window given, it A
should be terminated (by clicking Cancel). It should not be left until the
timeout has occurred. The Summary page in Additional Loading is not closed
automatically but must be closed by clicking the Finish button.
‘Consumables’ shows more During Additional Loading, the Show Consumables dialog may show that a A
tips than is needed few more tips need to be loaded than are actually used in the run. The reason
is that the system will perform a pressure check on the tip each time it starts a
dilution or dispensing. If the pressure check fails, the tip will be skipped and a
new one taken.
Tips and dilution boxes not Additional Loading assumes that you provide the necessary amount of tips A
checked during Additional and dilution vessels. Also the buffer bottle must be open and the reagent
Loading bottles must have evaporation caps placed properly on them. Additional
Loading does not check for these items as normal loading would.
F1 Help in Additional Loading F1 in Additional Loading is not supported. Instead, open Help using the main A
shows an error message window Help menu and look for Additional Loading in the Help contents.
Chinese setting does not The Chinese text display method used in the Help and program was made for N
work previous Windows versions. For the moment we cannot show Chinese text in
Windows XP.
Schedule changes when a If a plate is delayed for a few minutes, the schedule display reflects this fact N
plate is delayed by showing gaps in the schedule. This is an acceptable delay.
'Show plate map' shows only The Show plate map does not show the plates from Additional Loading. A
plates from normal loading
LOAD button is not supported The Measure function in the Plate map dialog of the Workstation software N
by Measure function does not support the LOAD button of the plate processor. Use Workstation
buttons OK and CANCEL instead.
All controls must have codes Either all 6 control codes must be entered in the Assay protocol editor, or no O
codes at all.
Instrument problem during If the instrument is not working properly and produces an error during the N
initialization startup sequence of the schedule, you will need to stop the instrument using
the Abort button on the screen. After this, you need to restart the Workstation.
“Run” followed by “Stop run” If an assay is aborted by selecting “Stop run”, the Workstation must be N
requires the Workstation to restarted before continuing.
be rebooted

2/4
 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Error situations are recorded The Event log of Windows is now used. The size of this event log in Control N
in Control Panel / Event panel can be set by the administrator. In the rare case that the size is very
viewer log. small, the system may not be able to insert an error situation event into the
log and an error message will appear. The administrator has to clear the
application event log or set a bigger size, e.g. 256 KB, for the event log.

Known issues that may appear when the Sample processor is not used (neo-screening case)

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

PLTCODES.INI file does not The file PLTCODES.INI is used for checking that any neo assay plates are A
support Additional Loading inserted in the proper order. The puncher software creates this file. When the
puncher software is started, the first plate punched goes to incubator shelf
number one. This leads to a problem with Additional Loading because
shelves 1 to N are already used in the original loading of the system.
Therefore the PLTCODES file for plate order checking is not functional during
Additional Loading.
Autorun with ADPLATES in The old version of DBS puncher integration using Worklist Distributor is not O
Neonatal lab functional after installation of AutoDELFIA V2.0. You may need to reinstall the
ADPLATES program in your AutoDELFIA PC. For that purpose there is an
ADPLATES setup folder on the installation disk. Note that ADPLATES does
not support Specimen Gate.
Worklist from puncher leads When using the system with a puncher, the controls are listed in the worklist. O
to extra controls and barcode The amount of control replicates must be set to 1 in the MultiCalc protocol,
mismatch and Use Controls must be set to NO. The List line (line 60.8) must be empty.
The settings above are required in order to avoid barcode mismatching.
Hemoglobin assay capacity The new Hemoglobin assay uses more instrument memory than traditional N
single label or dual label assays. The instrument has a maximum capacity of
8 plates for the Hemoglobin assay. Compared with other neonatal assays the
memory usage is multiplied by 1.5. You can combine 2 Hb plates with 9 other
plates, 4 Hb plates with 6 other plates, 6 Hb plates with 3 other plates, or use
8 Hb plates alone. If you exceed the capacity, you will get an error message
during the measurement of the plates.

Known issues that may appear when the Sample processor is used

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Dilution strips must be used Additional Loading supports only systems with dilutions strips located on the A
Sample processor (model 1297-014).
All previous samples must Additional Loading is not activated until all samples in the current run have A
first be pipetted been pipetted.
Wait until probe wash is You must start Additional Loading only after washing of the probes is A
completed completed. The schedule dialog might allow starting of the wizard a minute
too early, while the probes are still being washed.

3/4
 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

Unloading of used sample You have to unload all the used sample racks when starting Additional A
racks with Additional Loading Loading. Remove the used sample racks from the front lane before clicking
the Unload button.
Workstation Unload button The Unload button on the Workstation screen should not be used once you A
after Welcome have entered Additional Loading. Instead you should use the Unload button in
the Additional Loading wizard to remove all used sample racks.
Opening the sample lid stops When Additional Loading is rotating the Sample processor conveyor, you A
the software must not open the lid because this might abort Additional Loading.
Unload Samples page shows Occasionally the communication between Additional Loading and the Sample A
state as “-“ processor does not start properly. If this happens, you cannot use Additional
Loading.
Manually pipetted samples With Additional Loading you need to have barcoded tubes on the sample A
with Additional Loading rack. For manual pipetting you need to use a stand-in tube on the rack with a
proper barcode or you must place all manually pipetted samples in the last
rack only. The tubes of the last rack can be removed and stored nearby for
manual pipetting. When the tube barcodes in the last rack have been read,
you may use the Retry function on the first empty place or enter the barcode
manually. The instructions on how to proceed with manually pipetted samples
are in the User manual. Note that the system does not provide any plate-
pipette guiding map.
Additional Loading is not It is not possible to load a worklist with only manually pipetted samples in A
possible if all samples are Additional Loading.
manually pipetted
LIS query is not possible in LIS query, using the optional LISA™ software, is not possible in Additional A
Additional loading Loading, only in normal loading.
Folate or B12 runs may not If you start a run with Folate or B12 included, you should not use Additional A
have Additional Loading Loading.
Analytes T3 and T4 cannot Analytes with a wet plate (including a pre-function to aspirate the plate) A
be used in Additional Loading cannot be used in Additional Loading, but can still be used in normal loading.
Diluted controls cannot be If the normal loading has diluted control samples, then Additional Loading A
used in Additional Loading may also contain diluted control samples. If the normal loading does not have
only diluted control samples then having those in the Additional Loading will stop
the sample processor.
Free hCG beta cannot be The Free hCG beta assay cannot be used in the Measure function, neither O
measured separately when measuring separately nor re-measuring after the run.
PAPP-A diluents We have earlier changed to Diluent 3 as the diluent for PAPP-A. Please O
confirm that PAPP-A (Diluent 3) is selected in Settings/Analytes before using
PAPP-A in Additional Loading.

4/4
 MARKETING NEWS
Genetic Screening SBE
Subject: AD Software V2.0
launched
Product Manager: Tom Söderback
+358-2-2678 489

FOR THE CLINICAL SCREENING & DIAGNOSTICS

SALES AND MARKETING PERSONNEL
No. 3, February 6, 2007

AutoDELFIA® software V2.0 launched!

Dear Colleagues,

We are very happy to inform you that we have now launched version 2.0 of the AutoDELFIA
software. The first software CDs will be ready for deliveries in early February.

The AutoDELFIA system has been blocked during runs since the introduction in the 90’s,
meaning that no more tests or plates can be loaded once a run is started. This has been a
shortcoming for a lot of our AutoDELFIA users as all the samples are not necessarily available
when starting the run.

In version 2.0 of the AutoDELFIA Workstation software the user can add more tests during a
run, until the capacity of AutoDELFIA has been reached. This “Additional Loading” feature is
available when there is at least a 10 minutes time frame when all current plates are in the
incubator.

Additional Loading means that more assays, plates and reagents can be loaded, but used
plates and reagents may not be unloaded. Only the used sample tubes must be unloaded when
using the Sample processor.

The new feature has been implemented by having separate software which runs on top of the
old Workstation software when the run is started. You will see this as a new run status display,
showing the progress of the run. The Additional Loading Wizard can be started when all
samples have been pipetted (when using the Sample processor) and there is at least 10
minutes time available in the schedule. This Wizard tells you step by step how to add more tests
to the on-going run. At any time you can cancel the Wizard, and this will of course not affect the
current run.

The example below shows how Additional Loading can be implemented in a lab doing neonatal
screening. It also shows examples of the new Schedule window shown during the run.
A run with 4 Neo TSH plates is started. Until now this has blocked the AutoDELFIA for
the whole working day. The light blue field shows when Additional Loading is possible:

When Additional Loading is possible, the “Load wizard” button in the Schedule windows
activates and you can access the Additional Loading Wizard. This gives you step by step
instructions on how to load additional tests:

2
A plate with Neo T4 as follow-up test for the previous run has been added:

A second Additional Loading with 4 plates of Neo 17OHP is done, leaving still space for a
third Additional loading:

3
Two more Neo TSH plates are loaded in a third Additional Loading:

As this is the first version of any kind of reloading on AutoDELFIA it also has some limitations.
One is that the Additional Loading Wizard only accepts worklists, i e Create list or LIS query
cannot be used in Additional Loading (but can be used in the original loading). You must also
use barcoded sample tubes. For runs containing B12 or Folate you cannot access Additional
Loading, neither can Additional Loading be used for the T3 and T4 assays (these should be in
the original loading). Also the PltCodes.ini file, often used for checking the order of neonatal
plates loaded, cannot be used in the Additional Loading.

A more comprehensive list of limitations is found in the attached Software Release Information.

The old part of the Workstation software is used as before.

Other new or improved features are:

• Support for dual label measurement also in neonatal mode. The coming AutoDELFIA
Hemoglobinopathies screening assay is a dual label assay (HbA/HbS) and will thus
require V2.0.
• The PreScan feature for detecting missing dried blood spots in wells has now been
integrated into the software. The detection algorithm is still the same as in V1.5 rev 8.
For non-neonatal assays the counts are now sent directly to MultiCalc so there is no risk
that PreScan will “hold” these.
• Measure is again available. We have rewritten the measure/re-measure feature for
separately measuring plates (using AutoDELFIA as a measurement unit only or re-
measuring plates after a run) so that this is now also possible together with PreScan.
Also the Counter Signal Level test can again be used in neonatal mode, without need to
first switch to non-neonatal mode.
• Support for 32 bit, true colors in Windows. In the previous versions we had to force
Windows to 16 bit, 256 colors due to limitations in the Show Consumables dialogs. This
has now been corrected by rewriting both the Show Consumables dialogs and the Assay
Protocol editor.

4
The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the updated
AutoDELFIA Instrument and User manuals. We will soon also update the Training Manual.

The new 32 bit software requires Windows XP, meaning that it cannot be run on PCs with older
Windows versions such as NT or 95/98. We strongly recommend that replacement PCs are
ordered from Turku.

The new software can be acquired by ordering:

• the new 1235-8070 AutoDELFIA software update package, containing the software
CD, the updated manuals and the Release notes. There will be a small fee for this
update package, covering the packing and shipment costs, at approx 150 Euros or 200
USD as the customer list price.
• a new 1235-8060 AutoDELFIA PC. The current model DELL Optiplex GX620 will soon
be replaced by a new model, the Optiplex 745. The order number will be the same and
both models have been tested with version 2.0.
• a new AutoDELFIA system (1235-501, 1235-514 or 1235-714).

You can also download the V2.0 software for training purpose only from the Turku Service
intranet page at:

ftp://support.wallac.fi/home/servacct/Software/V2_TrainingMaterial/

User name: servacct

Password: 53rv1ce

This page also contains the updated Instrument and User manuals, as well as V2.0 training
material.

Please note that you have to set PPInUse=NO in DELFIA.INI before you can run V2.0 in demo
mode.

We are also planning a webcast in February, where we go through the new Additional Loading
feature, how it is used and what the limitations are.

Best regards,

Tom Söderback

Encl.: Software Release Information

5
 SDB-1297/1235-E49
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää April 26, 2007 PAGE 1 OF 5 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform field service about findings in AutoDELFIA Software V2.0
after the first months of use.

SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS

The AutoDELFIA software is compatible with all PC models delivered from Turku with Windows
XP operating system e.g. DELL Optiplex GX260 and newer.

AutoDELFIA Software V2.0 issues

MAINTENANCE OVERDUE

If daily, weekly or any other scheduled maintenance is checked the system will always have a
“maintenance overdue” message in the result files.

If the maintenance follow-up is activated but the maintenance has never been done/registered
the mainthist.ini file contains invalid date 0,0,0 which will terminate the run due to the invalid
date format. The error message is: Application error, Year, Month and Day parameters
describe an un-representable DateTime.

To avoid these problems uncheck all maintenance reminder options from the maintenance
settings:

This will be corrected in the next software release.

AD-SDB-49 April 26, 2007 Page 2
REGIONAL SETTINGS:
The regional and language Options of Control Panel should have the following settings.

Regional Options, Standards and formats: Advanced, Language for Non-Unicode programs:
English ( United States ) English ( United States )

Regional Options
Customize…

Using comma ( , ) as decimal

symbol is not allowed.

If comma is used and the MultiCalc protocol

has concentration information e.g. 3.1415, the
program will show error message “Invalid
input string format in number conversion.”

The same error is given if there are extra space(s)

in the control target values in the MultiCalc
protocol.
AD-SDB-49 April 26, 2007 Page 3

SWITCHING BETWEEN WORKSTATION AND SERVICE PROGRAMS

Follow the steps below when going from Workstation program to the Service program otherwise
the service program won't start or some of the nodes are not found:

• Exit the Ws program

• Turn off the power of the AutoDELFIA and let it be off for at least 5 seconds.
• Turn on the power
• Wait at least 10 seconds before starting the Service program

When going from the Service program to the Workstation program you do the same, i.e. power
off.

The other way, which is useful when using the AutoDELFIA via modem and PCAnywhere is:

• Exit the Ws program

• Start the service program
• Select Plate processor
• Wait until list of nodes has appeared on the screen and the last line is “0”
• Click on STOP in the Sending…
• Open the Debugger drop down menu and select Reset network
• Close the plate processor service program
• Restart the service program and run Load and Init

RED X IN THE BEGINNING OF THE SCHEDULE LINE

The following steps will hide the red X’s at the beginning of the run:
AD-SDB-49 April 26, 2007 Page 4

Right click on “My Computer”

Select “Properties”

Click on the “Advanced Tab”

Click on the “Settings” on the

“Performance Tab”

On “Visual effects Tab” select

“Adjust for best appearance”

AD-SDB-49 April 26, 2007 Page 5

INCOMPATIBILITY BETWEEN CONTROL POSITIONS IN WORKSTATION AND MULTICALC

We have found that the control list line created from the Assay protocol editor in the Workstation
program (Settings/Assay protocols) is not always correct when written into the MultiCalc assay
protocol. This could cause controls to be placed in the wrong wells or run failures. Therefore we
recommend to not use the Controls editor in the Workstation Assay protocol editor, or if using it, to
check that the controls are correctly written into line 60.8 LIST in the MultiCalc assay protocol.

The other part of the Workstation Assay protocol editor, for example changing of kit lot numbers,
standard concentrations or replicate numbers, can very well be used.

This will also be corrected in the next software release, which is planned to be ready by end of
June.

V2.0 CD 10859806-040D

The release notes are no longer on the V2.0 installation CD 10859806 revision D. No other
changes compared to the original V2.0 CD.

Attachment:

Updated Release notes, 70002053 Revision D.

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

AutoDELFIA software is designed for the AutoDELFIA PC ( GX 260 … 745 ) running Microsoft Windows
XP Professional, Service Pack 2.
The regional and language Options of Control Panel should have the following settings.
Regional Options, Standards and formats: English (United States).
Advanced, Language for Non-Unicode programs: English (United States).
Using a comma as the decimal separator is not allowed. My Computer Properties have a tab sheet
named Advanced, where the Performance settings should be set to “Adjust for best appearance”.

The new AutoDELFIA software version comes with several new or improved capabilities.

The three key enhancements offering new value to customers are:

1. Additional Loading; Capability to load more tests during a run. AutoDELFIA is no longer
locked during a run and more tests can be loaded, provided capacity exists in the system (for
plates, reagent cassettes and standard vials). In certain cases, Additional Loading can be
performed several times during a run. Please see the list below for further details. Use the LOCK
button when opening the Sample processor lid. Additional Loading requires that all plates being
processed as part of the normal run must be in the incubator for at least 10 minutes time, but
often more time is needed.
2. Dual label assays, e.g. the new Hemoglobin assay, can now be processed on AutoDELFIA.
Earlier, only non-neonatal dual label assays were available.
3. PreScan integration; the process for checking for missing filter paper disks in neonatal plates
has now been fully integrated into the software. The algorithm is the same as previously.

In addition the following have been improved;

4. Measuring or re-measuring of plates. Earlier, the separate measure function could not be used
together with the PreScan function. This shortcoming is corrected in V2.0 by introducing a new
Measure function. As before, this is accessed from the plate map, either after the test data
(worklists) have been loaded (thus using AutoDELFIA simply as a measurement unit) or after a
run (to re-measure plates).
5. Improved screen resolution. The operation of earlier software versions was limited to 256
colors. This shortcoming is now corrected.
6. New Assay protocol editor. For example, the “PREV” and “REF” buttons, which were not
allowed to be used with the AutoDELFIA kits, have been removed, and the Print function has
been enhanced with a preview.
7. New installation program. Installation now uses the industry standard Windows XP installation
procedures. These support, for example, uninstall and registration in the Startup menu.

The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the AutoDELFIA Instrument
and User manuals.

Software version 2.0 has still certain known issues. To avoid these, please read this document carefully
and follow the instructions given.

70002053 Revision: D 1/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

( Note field legend: A – Additional Loading Only, N - new issue, O – as before )

Known issues that may appear for all AutoDELFIA users

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Messages not on top Sometimes messages are not shown on the screen because they are hidden N
under the new schedule screen. Please use the Alt-Tab keys to see these
messages, for example the message about manual pipetting.
Only worklist selection in There is no Create list function in Additional Loading. The worklist must A
Additional Loading include at least one sample. Samples not in the worklists can still be loaded
and these will then be added to one or several of the loaded worklists.
Timeout in Additional Loading If Additional Loading cannot be finished during the time window given, it A
should be terminated (by clicking Cancel). It should not be left until the
timeout has occurred. The Summary page in Additional Loading is not closed
automatically but must be closed by clicking the Finish button.
‘Consumables’ shows more During Additional Loading, the Show Consumables dialog may show that a A
tips than is needed few more tips need to be loaded than are actually used in the run. The reason
is that the system will perform a pressure check on the tip each time it starts a
dilution or dispensing. If the pressure check fails, the tip will be skipped and a
new one taken.
Tips and dilution boxes not Additional Loading assumes that you provide the necessary amount of tips A
checked during Additional and dilution vessels. Also the buffer bottle must be open and the reagent
Loading bottles must have evaporation caps placed properly on them. Additional
Loading does not check for these items as normal loading would.
F1 Help in Additional Loading F1 in Additional Loading is not supported. Instead, open Help using the main A
shows an error message window Help menu and look for Additional Loading in the Help contents.
Chinese setting does not The Chinese text display method used in the Help and program was made for N
work previous Windows versions. For the moment we cannot show Chinese text in
Windows XP.
Schedule changes when a If a plate is delayed for a few minutes, the schedule display reflects this fact N
plate is delayed by showing gaps in the schedule. This is an acceptable delay.
'Show plate map' shows only The Show plate map does not show the plates from Additional Loading. A
plates from normal loading
LOAD button is not supported The Measure function in the Plate map dialog of the Workstation software N
by Measure function does not support the LOAD button of the plate processor. Use Workstation
buttons OK and CANCEL instead.
All controls must have codes Either all 6 control codes must be entered in the Assay protocol editor, or no O
codes at all.
Instrument problem during If the instrument is not working properly and produces an error during the N
initialization startup sequence of the schedule, you will need to stop the instrument using
the Abort button on the screen. After this, you need to restart the Workstation.
“Run” followed by “Stop run” If an assay is aborted by selecting “Stop run”, the Workstation must be N
requires the Workstation to restarted before continuing.
be rebooted

70002053 Revision: D 2/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Error situations are recorded The Event log of Windows is now used. The size of this event log in Control N
in Control Panel / Event panel can be set by the administrator. In the rare case that the size is very
viewer log. small, the system may not be able to insert an error situation event into the
log and an error message will appear. The administrator has to clear the
application event log or set a bigger size, e.g. 256 KB, for the event log.
Maintenance reminders If maintenance daily, weekly or any other scheduled maintenance is checked N
cannot be used the system will always have a “maintenance overdue” message in the result
files. To avoid this, uncheck all maintenance reminder options.
Dual Label Calibration extra Running a dual label calibration shows the error message “AutoDELFIA – N
message Results, Internal error - no test connected to the results. Please restart the
system.”. Please close the window and ignore it. Note that the message may
be hidden behind other windows.
Number conversion error If by means of the Control panel you have defined the decimal separator as N
comma and the Multicalc protocol calibrator values contain a decimal part
(e.g. 3.14) you will get the error message “Invalid input string format in
number conversion.” You get the same message if the protocol has control
target value lines with extra space characters in them. Please, do not use a
comma as the decimal separator and make sure you don’t use extra spaces
in control values.
Assay editor does not When the calibrator curve NEW is selected in Assay editor you should not N
understand a “;” have extra calibrators in the protocol. Please use MultiCalc to edit the protocol
and delete any extra calibrators when NEW curve is used.

Known issues that may appear when the Sample processor is not used (neo-screening case)

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

PLTCODES.INI file does not The file PLTCODES.INI is used for checking that any neo assay plates are A
support Additional Loading inserted in the proper order. The puncher software creates this file. When the
puncher software is started, the first plate punched goes to incubator shelf
number one. This leads to a problem with Additional Loading because
shelves 1 to N are already used in the original loading of the system.
Therefore the PLTCODES file for plate order checking is not functional during
Additional Loading.
Autorun with ADPLATES in The old version of DBS puncher integration using Worklist Distributor is not O
Neonatal lab functional after installation of AutoDELFIA V2.0. You may need to reinstall the
ADPLATES program in your AutoDELFIA PC. For that purpose there is an
ADPLATES setup folder on the installation disk. Note that ADPLATES does
not support Specimen Gate.
Worklist from puncher leads When using the system with a puncher, the controls are listed in the worklist. O
to extra controls and barcode The amount of control replicates must be set to 1 in the MultiCalc protocol,
mismatch and Use Controls must be set to NO. The List line (line 60.8) must be empty.
The settings above are required in order to avoid barcode mismatching.

70002053 Revision: D 3/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

Hemoglobin assay capacity The new Hemoglobin assay uses more instrument memory than traditional N
single label or dual label assays. The instrument has a maximum capacity of
8 plates for the Hemoglobin assay. Compared with other neonatal assays the
memory usage is multiplied by 1.5. You can combine 2 Hb plates with 9 other
plates, 4 Hb plates with 6 other plates, 6 Hb plates with 3 other plates, or use
8 Hb plates alone. If you exceed the capacity, you will get an error message
during the measurement of the plates.

Known issues that may appear when the Sample processor is used

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Dilution strips must be used Additional Loading supports only systems with dilutions strips located on the A
Sample processor (model 1297-014).
All previous samples must Additional Loading is not activated until all samples in the current run have A
first be pipetted been pipetted.
Wait until probe wash is You must start Additional Loading only after washing of the probes is A
completed completed. The schedule dialog might allow starting of the wizard a minute
too early, while the probes are still being washed.
Unloading of used sample You have to unload all the used sample racks when starting Additional A
racks with Additional Loading Loading. Remove the used sample racks from the front lane before clicking
the Unload button. In Additional Loading only use other rack numbers. The
patient barcodes from the original loading may also be used in Additional
Loading, but only once.
Workstation Unload button The Unload button on the Workstation screen should not be used once you A
after Welcome have entered Additional Loading. Instead you should use the Unload button in
the Additional Loading wizard to remove all used sample racks.
Opening the sample lid stops When Additional Loading is rotating the Sample processor conveyor, you A
the software must not open the lid because this might abort Additional Loading.
Unload Samples page shows Occasionally the communication between Additional Loading and the Sample A
state as “-“ processor does not start properly. If this happens, you cannot use Additional
Loading.
Manually pipetted samples With Additional Loading you need to have barcoded tubes on the sample A
with Additional Loading rack. For manual pipetting you need to use a stand-in tube on the rack with a
proper barcode or you must place all manually pipetted samples in the last
rack only. The tubes of the last rack can be removed and stored nearby for
manual pipetting. When the tube barcodes in the last rack have been read,
you may use the Retry function on the first empty place or enter the barcode
manually. The instructions on how to proceed with manually pipetted samples
are in the User manual. Note that the system does not provide any plate-
pipette guiding map.
Additional Loading is not It is not possible to load a worklist with only manually pipetted samples in A
possible if all samples are Additional Loading.
manually pipetted
LIS query is not possible in LIS query, using the optional LISA™ software, is not possible in Additional A
Additional Loading Loading, only in normal loading.

70002053 Revision: D 4/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com

Folate or B12 runs may not If you start a run with Folate or B12 included, you should not use Additional A
have Additional Loading Loading.
Analytes T3 and T4 cannot Analytes with a wet plate (including a pre-function to aspirate the plate) A
be used in Additional Loading cannot be used in Additional Loading, but can still be used in normal loading.
Diluted controls cannot be If the normal loading has diluted control samples, then Additional Loading A
used in Additional Loading may also contain diluted control samples. If the normal loading does not have
only diluted control samples then having those in the Additional Loading will stop
the sample processor.
Free hCG beta cannot be The Free hCG beta assay cannot be used in the Measure function, neither O
measured separately when measuring separately nor re-measuring after the run.
PAPP-A diluents We have earlier changed to Diluent 3 as the diluent for PAPP-A. Please O
confirm that PAPP-A (Diluent 3) is selected in Settings/Analytes before using
PAPP-A in Additional Loading.

70002053 Revision: D 5/5

 SDB-1297/1235-E50
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

Mandatory for V2.0 customers

DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää June 19, 2007 PAGE 1 OF 3 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform field service about AutoDELFIA Software V2.0 revision 2
and to emphasize the necessity of sending update reports to Turku.

GENERAL

It is mandatory to update all systems having V2.0 to V2.0 rev 2 and send the update
report.

AutoDELFIA Software V2.0 rev 2

SOFTWARE CHANGES COMPARED WITH V2.0

Assay Protocol Editor LIST line fix

In version 2.0 the Assay Protocol Editor sometimes generates an incompatible protocol for
MultiCalc and AutoDELFIA Workstation. This is corrected in V2.0 rev 2.
Assay Protocol Editor empty line support
In version 2.0 the Assay Protocol Editor removes all empty lines from the protocol, even the
empty lines which should not be removed from the Factors and Controls paragraphs. This is
corrected in V2.0 rev 2.
Red X on schedule for no reason
In Version 2.0 the Schedule display may show red X’s for all plates at the beginning of the
schedule lines even if there is no error in the run. This is corrected in V2.0 rev 2.
Decimal separator in Assay Protocol Editor
The decimal separators comma (,) and point (.) are supported for standard concentrations and
control values given in the Assay Protocol Editor. The time separator colon (:) is supported.
Regional settings using these separators are now allowed.
Extra spaces between control min max values
In version 2.0, two or more spaces between control min – max values in the Assay Protocol
Editor caused an “Invalid input string format in number conversion” - error. This is corrected in
V2.0 rev 2.
Maintenance overdue and invalid date format
Version 2.0 always gave a Maintenance overdue warning if maintenance follow-up was
activated. If the maintenance follow-up was activated but the maintenance had never been
done/registered, the run would have terminated due to the invalid date format. These are
corrected in 2.0 rev 2, meaning that the Maintenance follow-up can be used again.
AD-SDB-50 June 19, 2007 Page 2

MultiCalc communication protocol 1235.C02 corrected

Version 2.0 has a new style counts file and backup file (KitnameV2~1.Bxx). These contain plate
barcode information. The old counts file backup (Kitname.Bxx) still exists but is not used. The old
MultiCalc communication protocol did not read the plate barcode (PLCODE) correctly from the
new counts file. This is corrected in the new MultiCalc communication protocol, which reads
PLCODE into a separate MultiCalc variable PLBCODE[ ] in the Assay paragraph.
Neo mode Row and Rack
Version 2.0 does not set RCK and POS result columns to zero in Neo mode though this is
required by SpecimenGate. This is corrected in V2.0 rev 2.
Updating the number of replicates
In Version 2.0 Assay Protocol Editor the plate map is not updated when the number of replicates
is increased. Also updating the replicates of a dual label protocol does not update the UNKN
replicates of the B protocol. These are corrected in V2.0 rev 2.

TRAINING MATERIAL

V2.0 rev 2 software for training purpose as well as other V2.0 training material can be
downloaded from:
ftp://support.wallac.fi/home/servacct/Software/V2_TrainingMaterial/
User name: servacct
Password: 53rv1ce

It is highly recommended to study all new features prior to a new AutoDELFIA installation or
software update.

ORDERING INFORMATION

The new software can be obtained by ordering:

• the 1235-8070 AutoDELFIA software update package, containing the software CD, the
updated manuals and the Release notes. Use this number to upgrade V1.4 or V1.5 to
V2.0 rev 2. There is a small fee for this update package, covering the packing and
shipment costs, of approx. 150 Euros or 200 USD as the customer list price.
• 10859806 AutoDELFIA software, containing the software CD and Release notes. Use
this number only if the customer already has V2.0. This update is FOC.
• a new 1235-8060 AutoDELFIA PC.
• a new AutoDELFIA system (1235-501, 1235-514 or 1235-714)

V2.0 INSTALLATION

The complete installation instructions are found in the 1235 AutoDELFIA 2.0 Instrument manual,
in section 8, Software installation and updating.
AD-SDB-50 June 19, 2007 Page 3

V2.0 UPDATE TO V2.0 REV 2

Instead of full installation, V2.0 can be updated to V2.0 rev 2 by copying the following files from
the V2.0 rev 2 CD (drive D in the example below) to C:

D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\AssayEditorLibrary.dll -> C:\Delfia\exe\AssayEditorLibrary.dll

D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\ CCmdInt.dll -> C:\Delfia\exe\CCmdInt.dll
D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\ DelfiaWS.exe -> C:\Delfia\exe\DelfiaWS.exe
D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\Interop.WICO.dll -> C:\Delfia\exe\Interop.WICO.dll
D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\ PreScan.dll -> C:\Delfia\exe\PreScan.dll
D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\ release.dll -> C:\Delfia\exe\release.dll
D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\ScheduleDisplayControls.dll -> C:\Delfia\exe\ScheduleDisplayControls.dll
D:\INS\DELFIA\EXE\ ShellApiLib.dll -> C:\Delfia\exe\ShellApiLib.dll
D:\INS\WIACALC\0COM\1235.C02 -> C:\WIACALC\0COM\1235.C02

SOFTWARE UPDATE REPORT

Please fill in the Software Update report form found on the AutoDELFIA V2.0 rev 2 software CD
and send it to PKI Turku Site technical service.
Fax : +358 2 2678 305
E-mail : TKU_SoftwareUpdateReports@perkinelmer.com

Please return the Software Update report to Turku technical service so that we can
confirm that all the mandatory updates have been done! For regulatory reasons Software
Update reports from non-mandatory updates (when updating from V1.4 or V1.5) must also
always be returned to the manufacturer, the PerkinElmer Turku site!

Attachment:

Updated Release notes, 70002053 Revision E.

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com
revision 2

AutoDELFIA software is designed for the AutoDELFIA PC ( GX 260 … 745 ) running Microsoft Windows
XP Professional, Service Pack 2.
Decimal separators comma (,) and point (.) are supported. Time separator colon (:) is supported. Those
regional settings using these separators are allowed.

The new AutoDELFIA software version comes with several new or improved capabilities.

The three key enhancements offering new value to customers are:

1. Additional Loading; Capability to load more tests during a run. AutoDELFIA is no longer
locked during a run and more tests can be loaded, provided capacity exists in the system (for
plates, reagent cassettes and standard vials). In certain cases, Additional Loading can be
performed several times during a run. Please see the list below for further details. Use the LOCK
button when opening the Sample processor lid. Additional Loading requires that all plates being
processed as part of the normal run must be in the incubator for at least 10 minutes time, but
often more time is needed.
2. Dual label assays, e.g. the new Hemoglobin assay, can now be processed on AutoDELFIA.
Earlier, only non-neonatal dual label assays were available.
3. PreScan integration; the process for checking for missing filter paper disks in neonatal plates
has now been fully integrated into the software. The algorithm is the same as previously.

In addition the following have been improved;

4. Measuring or re-measuring of plates. Earlier, the separate measure function could not be used
together with the PreScan function. This shortcoming is corrected in V2.0 by introducing a new
Measure function. As before, this is accessed from the plate map, either after the test data
(worklists) have been loaded (thus using AutoDELFIA simply as a measurement unit) or after a
run (to re-measure plates).
5. Improved screen resolution. The operation of earlier software versions was limited to 256
colors. This shortcoming is now corrected.
6. New Assay protocol editor. For example, the “PREV” and “REF” buttons, which were not
allowed to be used with the AutoDELFIA kits, have been removed, and the Print function has
been enhanced with a preview.
7. New installation program. Installation now uses the industry standard Windows XP installation
procedures. These support, for example, uninstall and registration in the Startup menu.

The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the AutoDELFIA Instrument
and User manuals.

Software version 2.0 revision 2 has still certain known issues. To avoid these, please read this document
carefully and follow the instructions given.

70002053 Revision: E 1/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com
revision 2

( Note field legend: A – Additional Loading Only, N - new issue, O – as before )

Known issues that may appear for all AutoDELFIA users

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Messages not on top Sometimes messages are not shown on the screen because they are hidden N
under the new schedule screen. Please use the Alt-Tab keys to see these
messages, for example the message about manual pipetting.
Only worklist selection in There is no Create list function in Additional Loading. The worklist must A
Additional Loading include at least one sample. Samples not in the worklists can still be loaded
and these will then be added to one or several of the loaded worklists.
Timeout in Additional Loading If Additional Loading cannot be finished during the time window given, it A
should be terminated (by clicking Cancel). It should not be left until the
timeout has occurred. The Summary page in Additional Loading is not closed
automatically but must be closed by clicking the Finish button.
‘Consumables’ shows more During Additional Loading, the Show Consumables dialog may show that a A
tips than is needed few more tips need to be loaded than are actually used in the run. The reason
is that the system will perform a pressure check on the tip each time it starts a
dilution or dispensing. If the pressure check fails, the tip will be skipped and a
new one taken.
Tips and dilution boxes not Additional Loading assumes that you provide the necessary amount of tips A
checked during Additional and dilution vessels. Also the buffer bottle must be open and the reagent
Loading bottles must have evaporation caps placed properly on them. Additional
Loading does not check for these items as normal loading would.
F1 Help in Additional Loading F1 in Additional Loading is not supported. Instead, open Help using the main A
shows an error message window Help menu and look for Additional Loading in the Help contents.
Chinese setting does not The Chinese text display method used in the Help and program was made for N
work previous Windows versions. For the moment we cannot show Chinese text in
Windows XP.
Schedule changes when a If a plate is delayed for a few minutes, the schedule display reflects this fact N
plate is delayed by showing gaps in the schedule. This is an acceptable delay.
'Show plate map' shows only The Show plate map does not show the plates from Additional Loading. A
plates from normal loading
LOAD button is not supported The Measure function in the Plate map dialog of the Workstation software N
by Measure function does not support the LOAD button of the plate processor. Use Workstation
buttons OK and CANCEL instead.
All controls must have codes All 6 control codes must be entered in the Assay protocol editor. O
Instrument problem during If the instrument is not working properly and produces an error during the N
initialization startup sequence of the schedule, you will need to stop the instrument using
the Abort button on the screen. After this, you need to restart the Workstation.
“Run” followed by “Stop run” If an assay is aborted by selecting “Stop run”, the Workstation must be N
requires the Workstation to restarted before continuing.
be rebooted

70002053 Revision: E 2/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com
revision 2

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Error situations are recorded The Event log of Windows is now used. The size of this event log in Control N
in Control Panel / Event panel can be set by the administrator. In the rare case that the size is very
viewer log. small, the system may not be able to insert an error situation event into the
log and an error message will appear. The administrator has to clear the
application event log or set a bigger size, e.g. 256 KB, for the event log.
Dual Label Calibration extra Running a dual label calibration shows the error message “AutoDELFIA – N
message Results, Internal error - no test connected to the results. Please restart the
system.”. Please close the window and ignore it. Note that the message may
be hidden behind other windows.
Assay editor does not When the calibrator curve NEW is selected in Assay editor you should not N
understand a “;” have extra calibrators in the protocol. Please use MultiCalc to edit the protocol
and delete any extra calibrators when NEW curve is used.
Too many controls on the You will get an error message “too many repeated controls” if the next plates N
next plates have a lot of controls, typically six or more, which will not fit on one line in the
MultiCalc protocol. If the amount of controls is just on the limit, you will not get
this message but editing the protocol with MultiCalc may remove the close
parenthesis character ´)’ on the 60.8 LIST line. In this case remove one of the
controls.

Known issues that may appear when the Sample processor is not used (neo-screening case)

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

PLTCODES.INI file does not The file PLTCODES.INI is used for checking that any neo assay plates are A
support Additional Loading inserted in the proper order. The puncher software creates this file. When the
puncher software is started, the first plate punched goes to incubator shelf
number one. This leads to a problem with Additional Loading because
shelves 1 to N are already used in the original loading of the system.
Therefore the PLTCODES file for plate order checking is not functional during
Additional Loading.
Autorun with ADPLATES in The old version of DBS puncher integration using Worklist Distributor is not O
Neonatal lab functional after installation of AutoDELFIA V2.0. You may need to reinstall the
ADPLATES program in your AutoDELFIA PC. For that purpose there is an
ADPLATES setup folder on the installation disk. Note that ADPLATES does
not support Specimen Gate.
Worklist from puncher leads When using the system with a puncher, the controls are listed in the worklist. O
to extra controls and barcode The amount of control replicates must be set to 1 in the MultiCalc protocol,
mismatch and Use Controls must be set to NO. The List line (line 60.8) must be empty.
The settings above are required in order to avoid barcode mismatching.

70002053 Revision: E 3/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com
revision 2

Hemoglobin assay capacity The new Hemoglobin assay uses more instrument memory than traditional N
single label or dual label assays. The instrument has a maximum capacity of
8 plates for the Hemoglobin assay. Compared with other neonatal assays the
memory usage is multiplied by 1.5. You can combine 2 Hb plates with 9 other
plates, 4 Hb plates with 6 other plates, 6 Hb plates with 3 other plates, or use
8 Hb plates alone. If you exceed the capacity, you will get an error message
during the measurement of the plates.

Known issues that may appear when the Sample processor is used

Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Dilution strips must be used Additional Loading supports only systems with dilutions strips located on the A
Sample processor (model 1297-014).
All previous samples must Additional Loading is not activated until all samples in the current run have A
first be pipetted been pipetted.
Wait until probe wash is You must start Additional Loading only after washing of the probes is A
completed completed. The schedule dialog might allow starting of the wizard a minute
too early, while the probes are still being washed.
Unloading of used sample You have to unload all the used sample racks when starting Additional A
racks with Additional Loading Loading. Remove the used sample racks from the front lane before clicking
the Unload button. In Additional Loading only use other rack numbers. The
patient barcodes from the original loading may also be used in Additional
Loading, but only once.
Workstation Unload button The Unload button on the Workstation screen should not be used once you A
after Welcome have entered Additional Loading. Instead you should use the Unload button in
the Additional Loading wizard to remove all used sample racks.
Opening the sample lid stops When Additional Loading is rotating the Sample processor conveyor, you A
the software must not open the lid because this might abort Additional Loading.
Unload Samples page shows Occasionally the communication between Additional Loading and the Sample A
state as “-“ processor does not start properly. If this happens, you cannot use Additional
Loading.
Manually pipetted samples With Additional Loading you need to have barcoded tubes on the sample A
with Additional Loading rack. For manual pipetting you need to use a stand-in tube on the rack with a
proper barcode or you must place all manually pipetted samples in the last
rack only. The tubes of the last rack can be removed and stored nearby for
manual pipetting. When the tube barcodes in the last rack have been read,
you may use the Retry function on the first empty place or enter the barcode
manually. The instructions on how to proceed with manually pipetted samples
are in the User manual. Note that the system does not provide any plate-
pipette guiding map.
Additional Loading is not It is not possible to load a worklist with only manually pipetted samples in A
possible if all samples are Additional Loading.
manually pipetted
LIS query is not possible in LIS query, using the optional LISA™ software, is not possible in Additional A
Additional Loading Loading, only in normal loading.

70002053 Revision: E 4/5

 PerkinElmer Life and Analytical Sciences
Release Notes P.O. Box 10
FIN-20101 Turku, Finland
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.0 Phone: +358 - (0)2 - 267 8111
http://www.perkinelmer.com
revision 2

Folate or B12 runs may not If you start a run with Folate or B12 included, you should not use Additional A
have Additional Loading Loading.
Analytes T3 and T4 cannot Analytes with a wet plate (including a pre-function to aspirate the plate) A
be used in Additional Loading cannot be used in Additional Loading, but can still be used in normal loading.
Diluted controls cannot be If the normal loading has diluted control samples, then Additional Loading A
used in Additional Loading may also contain diluted control samples. If the normal loading does not have
only diluted control samples then having those in the Additional Loading will stop
the sample processor.
Free hCG beta cannot be The Free hCG beta assay cannot be used in the Measure function, neither O
measured separately when measuring separately nor re-measuring after the run.
PAPP-A diluents We have earlier changed to Diluent 3 as the diluent for PAPP-A. Please O
confirm that PAPP-A (Diluent 3) is selected in Settings/Analytes before using
PAPP-A in Additional Loading.

70002053 Revision: E 5/5

 SDB-1297/1235-E51
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää August 30, 2007 PAGE 1 OF 6 PAGES

PURPOSE:
The purpose of this SDB is to inform field service about the new pump units in 1297 Sample
processor.

NEW PUMP, TECAN XLP3000, P/N 11464013

The manufacturing of the Cavro XL3000 pump, pn 11710037, has been discontinued. The new
model, Tecan XLP3000, pn 11464013, has been taken in use in 1297 Sample processors.
Sample processor S/N 2970769 is the first one with Tecan pumps, 2970770 has Cavros and
from S/N 2970771 onward all sample processors have Tecan pumps.

There are no cabling or software changes but all four pumps must be of same type, Cavro /
Tecan combination is not allowed. Valves and syringes are also new.

New Tecan (Cavro) pump

The new part numbers are:

Tecan pump 11464013

Valve 11206202
Syringe 11206190

Pump #4 does not need RS

Interface which was used with
Cavro pumps.

The new maintenance kits will be

set up.

The upgrade kit Hamilton to Cavro, part number 10869201 now contains Tecan pumps. The
following pages describe the Hamilton to Tecan upgrade. The only difference compared to
previous instructions supplied with SIL-1297/1235-E34 is the jumper settings on the pump units
and there is no RS232/RS485 interface board in pump #4.
AD-SDB-51 August 30, 2007 Page 2
Replacing Hamilton pumps with Tecan, 1297-014 version only

This installation instruction describes how to replace the Hamilton pumps with the Tecan
pumps. The part number for the Hamilton to Tecan upgrade kit is 10869201. Please note that
this modification can be done only for 1297-014 version, not for 1297-004.

1. Remove the Hamilton pumps.

2. Install the front panel 10262378 and plate 10362379, fix by the screws shown below.

Plate 10362379 screws 4 x 11274167 M4x16

Plate 10262378

4 x 11274128 M4x8

3. Install the mounting plate assy 10362381. Do not tighten the screws yet.
AD-SDB-51 August 30, 2007 Page 3
4. Install pump # 2 and align the mounting plate assy 10362381.

Please note that the four pumps in the upgrade kit are numbered and the switches and jumpers
are set accordingly.

Check that the gap both side of the bracket is

equal.

Tighten the screw

Check that the plunger drive is in the center

of the hole in the front panel. If not, rotate the
plunger drive motor axle.
AD-SDB-51 August 30, 2007 Page 4

Tighten one of the screws

to lock the mounting plate
assy to the instrument
body.

Remove pump # 2 and

tighten all the mounting
plate screws.

5. Install first pump #1 (leftmost one looking from the back) and then pump #4 (rightmost one) and
after this pump # 2 and # 3.

8 x 11274133 M4x6

Pumps in this picture are Cavro

pumps. Tecan pumps have
round valve block, see below.
AD-SDB-51 August 30, 2007 Page 5
6. Install the cables.

10862721 cable from RGU K2 to RGV K2 on pumps 1…3

10862718 cable from RGU K3 to FPE K7
10862718 cable from RGU K4 to RYD K3
10862726 cable from RGU K5 to FPN K11

K11

RGV RGV RGV RGU

FPN FPE

K7

RYD/K3

7. Start the 1297 service program and update the FLASH roms.
While updating the flash roms follow the data in the HOST window. The value for the “CONF” for
node 21 should be 2. This means that the Cavro/Tecan pumps are recognized by the software,
see below:

NODE 21 READY
CONF | 2

For your info:

Node 21 configuration Node 23 configuration
0 = 1297-004 Hamilton 0 = BIU 3060 bar code reader
1 = 1297-014 Hamilton 1 = DS 40 bar code reader
2 = 1297-014 Cavro or Tecan 2 = DS-2100 bar code reader
AD-SDB-51 August 30, 2007 Page 6
Jumper and switch settings:

Switch / jumper settings for

Tecan XLP3000 pumps:

PUMP SW1 Address Switch J4 RS-485 Terminators

1 0 Installed
2 1 Not installed
3 2 Not installed
4 3 Installed

Part list of the upgrade kit 10869201:

Code Qty Description
10862507 1 RGU connection board for pump 4
10862508 3 RGV connection board for pumps 1, 2 and 3
10862718 1 W54 Cable FPE/K7 – RYD/K3, RGU/K3
10862726 1 W17 Cable FPN/K11 – RGU/K5
10862721 1 W18 Cable from pump to pump
10862716 4 W23, W24, W25, W26 Grounding cables for pumps
11464013 4 Tecan XLP 3000 pump
11206190 4 Syringe
11274141 4 Screw M4*12
11274128 8 Screw M4*8
11274133 16 Screw M4*6
11278003 8 Nut M4
11250002 8 Washer 4.3
10262378 1 Plate
10362379 1 Plate
10462380 4 Plate
10362381 1 Mounting plate
11250039 4 Washer
11260036 8 Screw
11274167 4 Screw M4*16
11250041 8 Washer 4,3mm black
11276015 2 Self-tapping screw
11276032 4 Self-tapping screw
11250001 4 Washer 3mm
11310013 8 Cable tie
 SDB-1297/1235-E52
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

Mandatory for all V2.0 rev 2 customers

having DELL Optiplex 745 PC
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää August 09, 2007 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform field service about the Service Pack 5 (SP5), pn
61005968, for AutoDELFIA software version 2.0 Rev 2.

It is mandatory to install SP5 to all systems which have AutoDELFIA software

version 2.0 rev 2 and DELL Optiplex 745 or newer PC.

GENERAL

Due to the communication problem between instrument and PC the processing of the first plate

AutoDELFIA Software SP5

of the assay may fail. This is an intermittent problem and has occurred only with new DELL
Optiplex 745 PC’s running AutoDELFIA software V2.0 rev 2. Dell Optiplex 745 is too fast even
the dual core has been turned off.

If case of error the plate processor may not prepare dilution for the first plate. The error is
detected when the reagent dispenser is trying to detect the liquid surface from the dilution
vessel which in fact is empty.

Below is an example of this error:

ReagDisp 14:47:33 101 Start of operation DILIRT.

ReagDisp 14:47:33 101 End of operation DILIRT.

ReagDisp 14:54:59 102 Start of operation PIPDIL.

RightDisp 14:55:05 102 Tip 20 taken next
RightDisp 14:55:23 102 Next filling tip
RightDisp 14:55:27 102 Calculated surface 13446,Volume in bottle 0,
Volume correlation 312 steps/ml
RightDisp 14:55:27 102 In liquid test: value=420
RightDisp 14:55:30 102 Liquid surface not found. Bottle position=3 1 0 0
RightDisp 14:55:47 102 Pipetting ends
ReagDisp 14:55:52 102 Tip to be removed next
RightDisp 14:56:13 102 Tip test: Value=41 Limit=52. Tip is not on pipette
ReagDisp 14:56:28 102 Plate removed. Error in reagent dispenser
ReagDisp 14:56:28 102 End of operation PIPDIL.

The other error which may pop up with too fast PC’s is “Internal error: Unable to parse
received message”. Both of these errors are corrected in SP5.
AD-SDB-52 August 09, 2007 Page 2

ORDER AND DELIVERY INFORMATION

SP5 will be sent to the local representative in each country where the DELL Optiplex 745 PC’s
to be used with AutoDELFIA have been delivered.

SP5 will also be included in

• the 1235-8070 AutoDELFIA software update package, containing the software CD, the
updated manuals and the Release notes. Use this number to upgrade V1.4 or V1.5 to
V2.0 rev 2. There is a small fee for this update package, covering the packing and
shipment costs, of approx. 150 Euros or 200 USD as the customer list price.
• 10859806 AutoDELFIA software, containing the software CD and Release notes. Use
this number only if the customer already has V2.0. This update is FOC.
• a new 1235-8060 AutoDELFIA PC.
• a new AutoDELFIA system (1235-501, 1235-514 or 1235-714)

SP5 INSTALLATION

System requirements:
AutoDELFIA ® system version 2.0 Rev. 2 with DELL OptiPlex 745 PC or newer.

It is mandatory to install SP5 to all systems having V2.0 rev 2 and DELL Optiplex 745 PC.

To install the Service Pack insert the SP5 CD 61005968 into the CD drive. If the installation
does not start automatically, use Windows Explorer to open the CD and double click on SP5.bat
icon.

SOFTWARE UPDATE REPORT

Please fill in the Software Update report form found on the AutoDELFIA V2.0 rev 2 software CD
and send it to PKI Turku Site technical service.
Fax : +358 2 2678 305
E-mail : TKU_SoftwareUpdateReports@perkinelmer.com

Please return the Software Update report to Turku technical service so that we can
confirm that all the mandatory updates have been done! For regulatory reasons Software
Update reports from non-mandatory updates (when updating from V1.4 or V1.5) must also
always be returned to the manufacturer, the PerkinElmer Turku site!
 SDB-1297/1235-E53
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää November 20, 2008 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

®
AutoDELFIA liquid detection and fluorescent lamps with electronic ballasts

1297 Liquid level detection and fluorescent lamps

We have found that disturbances from electronic ballasts used in modern fluorescent lamps can
cause liquid detection failures with the AutoDELFIA Sample processor. The liquid detection is
especially sensitive during sample dilution, with the diluent inside the probe. The error has
typically been an “Empty” message, meaning that the probe has never found the liquid and no
sample was pipetted. We have also found “Liquid level detector calibration failed” messages in
the History browser.

Electronic ballasts are gaining in popularity as they have certain advantages, for example energy
saving, compared to the traditional magnetic ballasts. Unfortunatelly the electronic ballasts work
on a frequency between 25 – 100 kHz, which can interfere with sensitive electronic equipment, as
the AutoDELFIA Sample processor.

If you have customers having liquid detection problems with the Sample processor, please check
that there are no fluorescent lamps with electronic ballasts close to the AutoDELFIA. Also for new
installations you should try to avoid lamps with electronic ballasts close to the AutoDELFIA, or if
using these, select a model with filtering.

We are currently investigating different solution on how to prevent these disturbances.

This concerns only the liquid detection in the Sample processor, not in the Plate processor.
 SDB-1297/1235-E54
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical S upport Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää September 7, 2009 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to remind the service engineers of cutting the sample
processor tubes before installing the probes. This procedure will ensure a tight joint
of the probe to the tube. A loose leaking joint may result inaccurate pipeting.

PROCEDURE

Follow the steps below when installing the probes

1297 Probe installation

1. Pull the tube about 10cm out from the
Z-rack.

2. Cut approximately a 1cm piece from

the end of the tube (there is no need
to cut if using new unused tube). Use
a sharp knife or tube cutter for cutting.
TOOL Make sure that the tube is not flattened
2 3 while cutting.

3. Push the probe firmly into the tube.

CUT 1 Use the tool 10860887 to hold the tube
while pushing.

4. Install the probe to the holder and

tighten the screw.
 SDB-1297/1235-E55
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää October 23, 2009 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

1.) B119-100 1nM Eu and B115-100 10nM Sm Kit Inserts and QC Certificates

The Kit Inserts and QC Certificates of the 1nM Eu and 10nM Sm test solutions have been

B119-100 and B115-100 Kit Inserts and Certificates

modified. The lot specific signal values have been removed from the certificates. The “Target”
values, 1000 000 +/- 80000 for Eu and 100 000 +/- 10000 for Sm are more accurate than the lot
specific values where the measurement error of the test equipment was incorporated.

These changes in the QC certificates have affect to the adjustment and maintenance instructions
in the 1235 AutoDELFIA Service Manual:

6.1.5 MEASURE THE PIPETTED PLATE (section 1F page 2/4 in the 1235 Service Manual)

Check the counts which should be 1000 000 ± 10%, plate CV% ≤ 1.0

4.1.11 MEASURING UNIT (section 1D page 5/5 in the 1235 Service Manual)
• Check the measuring unit with 1 nM Eu solution (B119-100). Calibrate the counter if the
counts differ more than ± 10% from 1000 000. When calibrating (section 3J, 12.12) the Eu
counts should be 1000 000 ± 2 %.
• Check the measuring unit with 10 nM Sm solution (B115-100). Counts should be > 90 000.
The maximum value is open.

12.12. CALIBRATION WITH 1NM EUROPIUM (section 3J page 13/20 in the 1235 Service Manual)

C
D
Calibrate the Eu counts so that
they are 1000 000 ± 2 %.
FLASH LIMIT 1000 – 1500
AD-SDB-E55.docx October 23, 2009 Page 2

2.) AutoDELFIA Maintenance kits

Three new maintenance kits for AutoDELFIA are now available:

61007412 12 months maintenance kit for 1235 & 1297 with Tecan pumps
61007413 6 months maintenance kit for 1235 & 1297 with Tecan pumps
61007414 6/12 months maintenance kit for 1235 only. This kit contains parts for both 6 and 12
months maintenances.

The part numbers for the other maintenance kits are:

10861665 6 months maintenance kit for 1235 & 1297 with Hamilton pumps
10860410 12 months maintenance kit for 1235 & 1297 with Hamilton pumps
10862442 6 months maintenance kit for 1235 & 1297 with Cavro pumps
10862441 12 months maintenance kit for 1235 & 1297 with Cavro pumps

3.) Photomultiblier tubes pn 11760047 and 11760043

The information about the photomultiblier tubes given in SIL-1235/1297-E29 is not valid any longer.
The specification of the PMT, pn11760047 has been changed. This PMT, type R1527P, is for Victor
and can not be used in AutoDELFIA.

The part number for the AutoDELFIA PMT is 11760043. The type of this PMT is R1527-05.
 SDB-1297/1235-E56
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää November 6, 2009 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform AutoDELFIA service personnel about the new
PC model which is included in all new AutoDELFIA shipments.

New PC model, HP DC7900SFF C450

New PC model, HP DC7900SFF C450

The previous AutoDELFIA PC model, DELL OptiPlex 755, is no longer available.
Because the current AutoDELFIA software version, V2.0 rev2 and previous
versions, cannot be used in the Lenovo PC model delivered with our other
instrumentation, we have successfully tested a PC from Hewlett-Packard. This PC
model, HP DC7900SFF C450 has a Celeron processor, Windows XP Service Pack
3 operating system and is equipped with a 17” flat screen display, HP L1710.

The order number for this AutoDELFIA PC is same as before, 1235-8060 which
includes the Arcnet card, AutoDELFIA software and the manuals.

Preliminary info about the AutoDELFIA Workstation software V2.1

The new AutoDELFIA Workstation software version V2.1 will be launched in the
beginning of March 2010. This new version is tested with HP and Lenovo
computers.

In the service point of view one nice new feature in V2.1 is the possibility to send
emails, providing information, for example, about if an error situation has occurred
in the run.

Attachment: Specifications for HP DC7900SFF C450 with 17in TFT Monitor

WALLAC PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1003-0420
First version: 121009 R. Linja-aho Revision: -

NAME: Wallac PC
TYPE: HP DC7900SFF C450 with 17in TFT Monitor
MANUFACTURER: Hewlett-Packard
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: European, US and Canadian electrical safety certification required
DETAILS: Personal computer with US keyboard, mouse, monitor, operating system and recovery media included

TECHNICAL DATA:

Component Description
Chassis Small form factor table top
Processor Intel Celeron 450 2.2 GHz – exact requirement
Memory 2 GB DDR2- 800- minimum requirement
Flash bios The supplier reports any bios upgrades to Wallac
Storage Serial ATA 160 GB or bigger hard disk drive
Optical storage DVD +/- RW drive
Power supply 240 W, autoswitching
One VGA and one DisplayPort, RJ-45 network port,serial port, 8 USB 2.0 ports,
I/O ports
stereo in, stereo out, microphone, headphone line-out, two PS/2 (KB and mouse)
Mouse USB 2-Button Wheel Optical USB
Keyboard US Keyboard, USB 104 Key
Approvals CE, UL, CSA (cUL)
User's manual On hard disk
Reinstallation media Recovery media included
Operating system MS Windows XP Professional English 32bit + SP3

Operating environment: Chassis dimensions:

Parameter Value Parameter Value

Temperature 10...35 C Height 100 mm
Relative humidity (non-condensing) 10...90 % Width 338 mm
Depth 379 mm
Weight 8.5 kg

View:

PAGE 1/2 PRINTED 051109

WALLAC PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1003-0420

TECHNICAL DATA FOR MONITOR:

MONITOR TYPE: 17" Flat Panel Display – Active matrix TFT LCD

SPECIFICATIONS (HP L1710 shown):

Parameter Value
Size 17.0" viewable image size, diagonal
Response time 5 ms typical
Brightness 300 cd/m2 typical
Contrast ratio 800 to 1
Horizontal viewing angle 160º
Vertical viewing angle 160º
Connections 15-pin-VGA D-subminiature analog RGB
Operating voltage 100 to 240 V 50/60 Hz

Operating environment:
Parameter Value
Temperature 5...35 °C
Relative humidity (non-condensing) 20...80 %

Chassis:
Parameter Value
Height 386 mm
Width 377 mm
Depth 192 mm
Weight 4.7 kg

PAGE 2/2 PRINTED 051109

 SDB-1297/1235-E57
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää November 6, 2009 PAGE 1 OF 12 PAGES

PURPOSE:

This SDB contains installation instructions for an USB printer used with
AutoDELFIA PC, such as HP DC7900SFF, which does not have parallel port.

PROCEDURE:

Using USB printer with AutoDELFIA PC

Installing the USB printer

The printer connected to AUTODELFIA PC running MultiCalc must support HP

PCL commands. The printer used in this installation guide is Lexmark E260 but the
same procedure is valid for other printers.

The instructions below are valid for the first time installation of the printer connected to
the USB port of AutoDELFIA PC.

Connect the printer to the USB port of AutoDELFIA PC.

Switch on the printer.
Insert the printer drivers CD
The “Found New Hardware Wizard” will open.
Wait until the following window appears:

Select “No, not this time” and click Next

AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 2

Then select “Install from a list or specific location (Advanced)”. Click Next.

The option “Search for the best driver in these locations” and check box “Search
removable media” should be selected. Click Next.
AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 3

The software will search for the printer driver. It will show a list of potential drivers.

Select from the list the driver shown in the example and click Next.
AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 4

Click Finish to complete operation of the wizard.

Set the printer properties

From Control Panel, select Printers and Faxes. Right click the printer you installed
(Lexmark E260 in this example) and select Properties

Select the Sharing tab and check Share this printer.

Enter the printer name MCPRINT and click on apply.
AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 5

Check the other properties:

AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 6

Click on Print Processor… and select WinPrint and the RAW data type.
AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 7

Loopback adapter

If using a USB printer and AUTODELFIA PC is not connected to the network then
Microsoft Loopback Adapter, which is a virtual network adapter, has to be installed.

From Control Panel select Add Hardware

Choose “Yes, I have already connected the hardware”

AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 8

Select “Add a new hardware device”

Select “Install the hardware that I manually select from a list (Advanced)
AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 9

Select Network adapters:

Select Microsoft.
AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 10

Select Microsoft Loopback Adapter.

Click Finish to complete the Microsoft Loopback Adapter installation.

AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 11

Using the shared USB printer in the command prompt

Note: If the PC contains a physical LPT1 port, it must be disabled when using a USB
printer.

Run “Computer Management” and open the Device Manager. Disable the LPT1 port if it
exists:

Enter the command prompt by typing “cmd”.

AD-SDB-E57.docx November 6, 2009 Page 12

Execute the command:

NET USE LPT1: \\127.0.0.1\MCPRINT /PERSISTENT:YES

Repeat the NET USE command for all user accounts (Normal user, Administrator etc.)
that will use MultiCalc.

Run an assay and test printing from MultiCalc.

 SDB-1297/1235-E58
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää December 30, 2009 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform AutoDELFIA service personnel that the limits
for the Sample Processor peristaltic pump test and adjustment have been changed.

GENERAL:

1297 Peristaltic Pump Adjustment

The inner diameter of the new peristaltic pump tubes (pn 10860404) is slightly
smaller than the diameter of the older tubes. Due to the smaller diameter the liquid
volume in the test where the pump runs for 7 seconds, is also smaller and is close
to the original minimum accepted volume which was 8.4ml (1.2ml/sec).

The minimum volume has been changed from 8.4ml to 7.7ml (1.1ml/sec). This
change has no effect to the wash volume used in the assays because the running
time of the pump depends on the peristaltic pump efficiency parameter stored in the
eeprom. The normal procedure is to measure and update the peristaltic pump
efficiency parameter each time after the tubes have been replaced.

The maximum volume mentioned in the service manual has been changed from
10.5 to 11.2ml (1.5 to 1.6ml/sec). The reason for this change is to match up the
limits in the service manual to the limits used in AutoDELFIA production.

If the Sample Processor is not in use for longer period of time the clamp of the
peristaltic pump should be released and left open.

Attached is the updated “14.3. PERISTALTIC PUMP TEST AND ADJUSTMENT” procedure
dated 2009/12/30. Update the appropriate section in your 1235/1297 Service
Manual.

Attachment: AutoDELFIA Service Manual Section 2N pages 3/4 and 4/4

 SAMPLE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

14.3 PERISTALTIC PUMP TEST AND ADJUSTMENT

Î Î Î
Ï

Insert four tubes, inside

diameter 14mm, into the
rack.

DO NOT USE
ADAPTERS IN THE
RACK.

Enter the rack number.

The rack goes to the sampling

position. Peristaltic pump will pump 7
seconds period. Check the volume in
each tube.

Specifications:

Min volume 1,1 ml/s 7,7 ml

Max volume 1,6 ml/s 11,2 ml
Max difference 0,1 ml/s 0,7 ml
01

Adjust the peristaltic pump as follow:

1 2 3 4
The adjustment screw should be as loose as possible. Tighten the
adjustment screw until minimum volume in all tubes is at least
7,7 ml (=1,1ml/s) but not more than 11,2ml (=1,6ml/s).
Difference in volume must be less than 0,7 ml (<0,1ml/s).

Lock the adjustment screw with lacquer after adjustment.

Adjustment screw

2009/12/30 SECTION 2N PAGE 3 / 4 PERISTALTIC PUMP ADJUSTMENT

 SAMPLE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

Store the lowest volume to the

EEPROM.

For example if the volume in the tube

was 9,2 ml then the stored value is
9200ul / 7s = 1314.

Note. Default value (1200) always

suggested and saved if OK selected
without editing the value.

Exit from this menu.

CHECKING CURRENT PERISTALTIC PUMP EFFICIENCY

Î Î

Í peristaltic pump
efficiency value (pmpeff).

Exit

2009/12/30 SECTION 2N PAGE 4 / 4 PERISTALTIC PUMP ADJUSTMENT

 SDB-1297/1235-E59
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

MANDATORY for V2.0 rev 2 customers

using pre-diluted samples in Additional loading
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää March 19, 2010 PAGE 1 OF 12 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform AutoDELFIA service personnel about:

• AutoDELFIA Software V2.1
• Application Event log
• Automatic updates and virus scans
• Measuring unit discriminator level adjustment
• Arcnet card part numbers

GENERAL:

AutoDELFIA Software V2.1

We recommend that all AutoDELFIA V2.0 rev 2 systems should be updated to V2.1
but the update is mandatory only for the customers using, or planning to use,
pre-diluted samples in Additional loading. The error, which was informed about
in a customer letter dated 17 June 2008 and in the Release Notes of V2.0 rev 2
(document 70002053 F) is corrected in V2.1. The update could be performed
during the next PM. After the update the users must be trained on the new
software.
Please note that the required operating system is Windows XP, Service pack 3.
The software update package, pn 1235-8070 which includes V2.1 software CD and
manuals, is free of charge for the customers who are using, or planning to use, pre-
diluted samples in Additional loading. The order of the software update package for
these customers should be sent to antti.suonpaa@perkinelmer.com. The order
should contain customer name, instrument serial number and the PC model.
The software update packages for the other customers should be ordered normal
way.
The first AutoDELFIA delivered with V2.1 software is S/N 2351083, 2351084 has
V2.0 rev 2 and all from S/N 2351085 onward have V2.1.

AutoDELFIA software version 2.1

The loading sequence in V2.1 is based on the “Additional loading wizard” in V2.0.
All the buttons in the user interface, including the Load list and Create list buttons,
have been removed and replaced by a new “My task” list of functions. The
“AutoMate” button has been moved to this list, but it only contains the operator
name query and the start of the new “Loading wizard” (and the optional Worklist
combiner for loading worklists from a puncher).
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 2

The key enhancements offering new value to customers are:

1. Loading Wizard extended. The Loading Wizard provides easy to learn and
efficient user interface for occasional and routine use. The Loading Wizard now
replaces the Additional Loading introduced in version 2.0 and provides full
support for initial loading and additional loading. The limitations for sample bar-
coding and reusing racks have been eliminated.
2. System Liquids refill. The new software allows the user to empty the waste
and refill the rinse and wash liquids while the system is running. The tip tray
cleaning during the run reduces the risk of tip removal failure when a large
number of plates are used.
3. Background check. After the assay run or before a new assay is loaded, the
user may select to run a background check. If the background is too high the
cleaning of measurement head can be initiated at convenient time.
4. Routine use taskbar. The task bar “My task” now contains the functions
necessary to start and report the assays. The maintenance functions are still in
the menu bar.
5. AutoDELFIA Alert. The new software version can alert the operator by sending
an email when the run is completed or if something unexpected happens during
the run. These messages can also be stored into a log file. The categories which
can be informed by e-mail are:
1 = ScheduleStart 2 = ScheduleEnd 3= RemovePlate
4 = RemoveDevice 5 = MessageBox 6= MessageBoxAnswer
7 = AdditionalLoadingEnabled
See more details in the Instrument manual, pages 141 - 145
The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the
AutoDELFIA Instrument and User manuals.

Software version 2.1 has still certain known issues. To avoid these, please read
carefully the attached Release Notes of this sotware version and follow the instructions
given.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 3

AutoDELFIA PC requirements
Software V2.1 runs in AutoDELFIA PC models Dell 620, 745, 755, Lenovo
ThinkCentre M58P, HP DC7900SFF C450 and later PC models. Use of the Dual core
is allowed. The required operating system is Windows XP, Service pack 3.
The current AutoDELFIA PC model is HP DC7900SFF C450 which is delivered as part
of new 1235-501 and 1235-514/714 AutoDELFIA system or as part of the 1235-8060
AutoDELFIA PC package. Lenovo ThinkCentre M58P has also been tested and
approved to be used with AutoDELFIA V2.1.

V2.1 Software installation instructions

The complete software installation instructions are found in section 8 in the 1235
Instrument Manual. Below is the brief installation instruction showing the differences
compared to the previous software version.

Insert the AutoDELFIA installation CD into the CD station. The installation program will
start automatically.

Click
“Install .NET Framework 2.0”
if it is not yet installed. Wait
until it is installed.

Click
“Install SQL Server”
if it is not yet installed. Wait
until it is installed.

Important important!!!
This step will fail if the
operating system is Windows
XP SP2. The PC will not boot
up anymore. If this happens
then boot up in Safe mode and
install Windows XP SP3. After
this install AutoDELFIA
software.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 4

Click
“Install Report Viewer”
if it is not yet installed. Wait
until it is installed.

Click
“Create database”
if it is not yet created. Wait
until it is created.

Click
“Create”
to create a new database.

Click
“OK”.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 5

Click
“Install”
to begin the software
installation.

Choose whether the sample

processor is in use.

Important important!!!

Choose the type of the

barcode reader installed in the
sample processor.

The barcode reader will not

work if the wrong type is
selected. In order to correct
wrong selection you need to
remove the AutoDELFIA
software and then reinstall it.

The “New type” of barcode reader (DS2100A or DS2100N) is factory installed in all
Sample Processors from SN 2970744 onward. The older instruments may also have
new type reader if the reader has been replaced in the field.

If you are updating the software and if the AutoDELFIA SP4 (Service pack 4) was used
with the previous software version then select “New” otherwise select “Old”.

Test the barcode reader after the software installation is completed and the flash roms
are updated. If the reader cannot read the rack barcodes then most probably the wrong
reader type was chosen.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 6

Before AutoDELFIA can be used, the FLASH ROM programs have to be updated. This
can be done either straight from the setup program as shown here (click Yes) or later
from the Service Program (click No). If you choose to update the FLASH ROM during
setup, follow the instructions given in the program.

We recommend that you switch off both the Plate processor and Sample processor.
When powering off the instruments, proceed as follows:
• Before you power off the Sample processor (with your left hand), support the
probes with your right hand to prevent the probes from falling into the wash
wells or on any surface of the instrument. Now switch the power off.
• Lift up the probes, move them above the hole in front of the wash station and
gently lower them down into the hole.
• Switch off the Plate processor.
• Switch the power back on again for both instruments and wait for ten seconds.
When you have done this, click OK in the dialogue above. The actual FLASH ROM
update will then start.

Note: it is very important that you do not switch off either Plate processor or
Sample Processor while the flash update is occurring.

After this the setup program tells that the installation is complete.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 7
Click
“Finish”

The readme file tells you how to select a language version of the software other than
English: Open the Windows Explorer, go to the folder C:\Delfia\Intntl and double-click
on the language bat file you want.
Note: the AutoDELFIA software must not be running when you do this.
If.NET Framework had not been installed on the PC,
the following dialogue is displayed:

Click
“Yes”
to restart your system.

Installation is now complete.

Printer installation
After the software installation you must choose the default printer that will be used
together with AutoDELFIA programs – if no printer has been installed you should
either install the existing printer or choose to “print to file”.

The printer used with AutoDELFIA must support PCL commands. If an USB printer is
used then follow the USB printer installation instructions given in section 8 in the 1235
Instrument manual or consult SDB-1297/1235-57.

AutoDELFIA User account

If you create a new user account that use AutoDELFIA software the user must be
added to the ADUsers group. ADUsers group has the required permissions to run the
application. How to add a user to ADUsers group:
Start – Control Panel – Administrative tools – Computer management
System Tools – Local Users and Groups – Groups
Right click the ADUsers group and select Add to Group… Enter the user you want to add,
click Check Names and then click OK.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 8

Software update from an earlier version

Confirm that the operationg system is Windows XP, Service pack 3. Do not
install V2.1 if Windows XP Service Pack 3 is not installed.

Version 2.1 does not include the update option. If the installation finds a previous
version, delfia, wiacalc or sys folder, on the hard drive the installation stops.

To update a system from an earlier release of the software you must follow the
instructions for installing new software given on the preceding pages but with the
exceptions noted below. Special attention needs to be paid to preserving the local
modifications made on the system settings. By this we mean the following:

• MultiCalc assay protocols (located in directories under C:\WIACALC\USER)

• MultiCalc system programmability (located in C:\WIACALC\SYS.INI)
• Workstation settings, found in the Settings menu. Please write down the current
settings in Settings/System, Settings/Tube types and Settings/Tube barcode
format.
As you proceed with the update, please follow these instructions carefully to avoid any
loss of the information contained in these files.
• If the system is on, close down AutoDELFIA Workstation and MultiCalc. Restart
the computer.
• Hold down the Shift key during Windows start-up. The programs located in the
Windows Startup group will not be loaded now.
• Rename the old Delfia, Sys and Wiacalc folders.
• After installation restore the MultiCalc protocols where the user has made
programming. Note that the analytes list in analytes.txt of V2.1 does not
contain any discontinued kits and links to those protocols, for example 832
NTSH has been renumbered to 32.
• After restarting the instruments, check and restore the settings in the menus
Settings/System, Settings/Tube types and Settings/Tube barcode format.
NOTE! If a waste pump has been installed on your system, please reactivate it by
selecting Automatic waste pumping in Settings/System dialog. This dialogue also
holds other system settings you might want to restore after the installation. Please
verify these as well. These settings are not automatically restored by the installation.

Software update report

If you update the older AutoDELFIA software version to V2.1 then fill in the
AutoDELFIA_sw_update.rtf form found in the root directory of the AutoDELFIA CD. E-
mail the report to TKU_SoftwareUpdateReports@perkinelmer.com.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 9

V2.1 training material

The following documents, manuals and videos are available:
• Updated AutoDELFIA manuals:
1235-921 AutoDELFIA 2.1 History Browser manual
1235-924 AutoDELFIA 2.1 Maintenance manual
1235-929 AutoDELFIA 2.1 LISA User manual
1235-931 AutoDELFIA 2.1 Instrument manual
1235-9170 Routine operation of AutoDELFIA
1235-9190 Routine neo-screening operation of AutoDELFIA
1235-9410 AutoDELFIA 2.1. User manual
• Service Data Bulletin, AD-SDB-E59
• V2.1 Release notes, 70002053 G
• Software training videos Qstart1…4.
• GS Business news, No.6 and No.8 March 2010
• V2.1 software (for your own use)

All the above training and support material are found from the Turku Site Service FTP
and from the GDS Instrument Technical Information database in Lotus Notes. Manuals
will also be available in pdf format in the intranet portal.

Address for the Turku Site Service FTP is

ftp://support.wallac.fi/

Username: serviceftp
Password: serviceftp

You can include the username and password for the FTP site into the link:

ftp://serviceftp:serviceftp@support.wallac.fi/

Copy the link to your WINDOWS explorer and then browse:

ftp://support.wallac.fi/Software/AutoDELFIA/V2.1_TrainingMaterial/

The database for the GDS Instruments Technical Information in Lotus Notes is:
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 10

Application Event log

The error situations are recorded in the Application event log in Windows. If the
maximum size of the application event log is very small, the log may become full
causing an error message “The event log file is full”.
How the clear the event log if the event log becomes full:

Start - run,
EventVwr

Right click
"Application" node

Choose
"Clear all events"

this will empty the

Event log.

You may also set larger file size or choose “Overwrite events as needed”.

Right click
"Application" node

Choose
”Properties”

and select

"Overwrite events as
needed"
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 11

In case of error the Application event log may give us useful information about the
source of the error.

The event log can be saved to a file and e-mailed to the technical support person for
investigation. Start the Event Viewer, high light Application, choose Action – Save Log
File As… Save the log file and then zip it and e-mail to technical support person.

Automatic updates and virus scans

The automatic updates should be turned off.
If an antivirus software is installed then the scheduled scanning, when the
AutoDELFIA is idle, should be used instead of real time scanning.

Measuring unit discriminator level adjustment

The adjustment procedure of the measuring unit discriminator level, “Measer P23”, has
been changed. The new method is to define the “Oscillation level” and then add 10mV
to the oscillation level. The same procedure can be used for previous software
versions even if the dialogues are not updated. There is no need to readjust those
measuring units where the discriminator level is adjusted to 20mV but if you redo the
adjustment then follow the new procedure which is same as used in the AutoDELFIA
production.
If you adjust the discriminator level then the high voltage level “Measer P21” and
calibration with 1nMEu “Measer P24” have to be redone.
AD-SDB-E59.docx March 19, 2010 Page 12

Arcnet card part numbers

The part number for the low profile Arcnet card used in HP and Lenovo computers is
61004369. The Arcnet card itself, ROG is same as T60000569 but the bracket is
different. The part numbers for the ROG PCI Arcnet cards are:

Spare Part Package 61007904 = Arcnet card ROG with normal bracket + low bracket
Spare Part Card T60000569 = Arcnet card ROG with normal bracket
Spare Part Card 61004369 = Arcnet card ROG with low bracket
Low bracket 11951332 = Low Profile PCI Bracket

Attachments:
Release Notes, 70002053 Revision G
Discriminator level adjustment, Service Manual Section 3J, Pages 5A – 5B
 PLATE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

12.3 DISCRIMINATOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

x Disconnect the HV cable from the preamplifier unit.

x Define the “Oscillation level” for the preamplifier e.g. adjust the discriminator level so
that counts shown in the HOST window are 1…4 while the HV cable is disconnected.
DVM leads have to be disconnected from LAF while defining the oscillation level.
x Measure the voltage level between +DSCR and –VBB on LAF boad which is located
on top of the Node #4 at the back of the instrument. The limit for the oscillation level
is max 12mV. The typical oscillation level is approximately 5mV.
x Adjust the discriminator level to be Oscillation level + 10mV ± 0.8mV.
x Connect the HV cable.

Oscillation level
Adjust the DSCR level so that counts
shown in the HOST window are 1…4
when the HV cable is disconnected
from the preamplifier.

e MESSAGE BOX step/action

A
W ÎeB
$ ÎeD

2010/02/12 SECTION 3J PAGE 5A / 20 COUNTER

 PLATE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

B
Connect the DVM to the
measuring points
+ DSCR and - VBB
on LAF board.

Note: The DVM leads have to be disconnected from the LAF

while defining the oscillation level!

C
This instruction and message box is from
older software version than V2.1. Inspite of
this define the oscillation level and adjust
the DSCR level as instructed below.

Oscillation level
Define the oscillation
level by adjusting the
DSCR level so that
counts shown in the
HOST window are 1…4.

Discriminator level
Adjust the DSCR level to
Oscillation level + 10mV
± 0.8mV

ÎeA

D Level can be adjusted by

changing the numerical
value in the box or giving
1 to 5 times

 to decrease or
 to increase the dscr-
level
ÎeA
When the DSCR level is adjusted, connect the HV cable and
jump to the next step. & ÎfA

2010/02/12 SECTION 3J PAGE 5B / 20 COUNTER

 PLATE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

12.2 PRESET FLASH RATE ADJUSTMENT

d MESSAGE BOX step/action

A
W Î Bd
Shows the current flash rate

$ Î dC
Jumps to adjust level

B
Shows current flash rate, if not
1000 should be adjusted.

Î(msg.box)Î

Î dA Î $
C Level can be changed by
changing the numerical value in
the box or giving 1 to 5 times

 to decreas or
 to increase the flash rate.
ÎdB

F
When the flashes are adjusted jump to the next step.
ÎeA

94/11/22 SECTION 3J PAGE 4 / 20 COUNTER

 PLATE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

12.3 DISCRIMINATOR LEVEL ADJUSTMENT

• Disconnect the HV cable from the preamplifier unit.

• Define the “Oscillation level” for the preamplifier e.g. adjust the discriminator level so
that counts shown in the HOST window are 1…4 while the HV cable is disconnected.
DVM leads have to be disconnected from LAF while defining the oscillation level.
• Measure the voltage level between +DSCR and –VBB on LAF boad which is located
on top of the Node #4 at the back of the instrument. The limit for the oscillation level
is max 12mV. The typical oscillation level is approximately 5mV.
• Adjust the discriminator level to be Oscillation level + 10mV ± 0.8mV.
• Connect the HV cable.

Oscillation level
Adjust the DSCR level so that counts
shown in the HOST window are 1…4
when the HV cable is disconnected
from the preamplifier.

e MESSAGE BOX step/action

A
W ÎeB
$ ÎeD

2010/02/12 SECTION 3J PAGE 5A / 20 COUNTER

 PLATE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

B
Connect the DVM to the
measuring points
+ DSCR and - VBB
on LAF board.

Note: The DVM leads have to be disconnected from the LAF

while defining the oscillation level!

C
This instruction and message box is from
older software version than V2.1. Inspite of
this define the oscillation level and adjust
the DSCR level as instructed below.

Oscillation level
Define the oscillation
level by adjusting the
DSCR level so that
counts shown in the
HOST window are 1…4.

Discriminator level
Adjust the DSCR level to
Oscillation level + 10mV
± 0.8mV

ÎeA

D Level can be adjusted by

changing the numerical
value in the box or giving
1 to 5 times

 to decrease or
 to increase the dscr-
level
ÎeA

&
When the DSCR level is adjusted, connect the HV cable and
jump to the next step. ÎfA

2010/02/12 SECTION 3J PAGE 5B / 20 COUNTER

 PLATE PROCESSOR SERVICE MANUAL

12.4 EXCITATION FILTER CHANGER TEST

f MESSAGE BOX step/action

A
7 Runs the filter
changer to current position.

$ Jumps to adjust level.

ÎfB

B
ÎfC, D, E ÎfA
The position can be changed by
changing value in the box or giving 1

to 5 times  depending on
or
the direction.

Adjust the sensor

wheel gap so that it is
inside the sensor with
all filters (Europium
Samarium and
Terbium).

Î fA

&
When the sensor wheel is adjusted jump to the
next step. Î gA

TOP VIEW
EUROPIUM / SAMARIUM / TERBIUM FILTER SELECTED

94/11/22 SECTION 3J PAGE 6 / 20 COUNTER

 Wallac Oy, Mustionkatu 6, FI-20750,
Turku, Finland.
Tel: 358-2-2678 111.
Fax: 358-2-2678 357.
Website: www.perkinelmer.com

Release Notes
1235 AutoDELFIA Software Version 2.1
The new AutoDELFIA software version comes with several new or improved capabilities.

The user interface for running assays is now completely implemented in the new Loading Wizard
replacing the Load list and Create List functions of the previous software versions. A new user assistance
documentation was created, including a new user manual, quick guides and help system.

The six key enhancements offering new value to customers are:

1. Loading Wizard extended. The Loading Wizard provides easy to learn and efficient user interface
for occasional and routine use. Version 2.0 introduced Additional Loading. The Loading Wizard
now replaces the Additional Loading, as well as the Load list/Create list functions in the previous
software versions, and provides full support for initial loading and additional loading. The
limitations for sample bar-coding and reusing racks have been eliminated.
2. System Liquids refill. The new software allows the user to empty the waste and refill the rinse
and wash liquids while the system is running. The tip tray cleaning during the run reduces the risk
of tip removal failure when a large number of plates are used.
3. Background check. After the assay run or before a new assay is loaded, the user may select to
run a background check. If the background is too high the cleaning of measurement head can be
initiated at convenient time.
4. Routine use taskbar. The task bar “My task” now contains the functions necessary to start and
report the assays. The maintenance functions are still in the menu bar.
5. AutoDELFIA Alert. The new software version can alert the operator by sending an email when the
run is completed or if something unexpected happens during the run. These messages can also
be stored into a log file.
6. Reports. New functions for viewing and printing rack and plate maps, as well as saving these into
Excel or as PDF files.

The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the AutoDELFIA Instrument
and User manuals.

The software run in AutoDELFIA PC models Dell 620, 745, 755, Lenovo M58P, HP Compaq dc7900 and
later PC models. Using dual core, which speeds up the PC, is allowed with this software version.

The required operating system is Windows XP, Service pack 3.

The workstation program is now tested to work with normal user rights. However the service program
requires Administrator rights.

Software version 2.1 has still certain known issues. To avoid these, please read this document carefully
and follow the instructions given.

70002053 Revision: I 1/37

( Note field legend: N - new issue, O – as before )
Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Barcode We strongly recommend that barcoded sample tubes are used to N

options with ensure positive patient ID! The different options and when they should
sample tubes be used are as follows:
• Strict (fixed) order (only “Barcoded samples” selected) or “Allow
reordering of the tubes” must be used when loading pre-made
worklists (if using Reorder the sample tubes can be loaded in any
order, while Strict order force the tubes to be loaded in the same
order as in the worklists).
• “Allow renaming by barcodes” (called Renumber in the Loading
Wizard) should be used if creating new worklists (“Create list”) in the
AutoDELFIA Workstation software.
• “LIS query” is recommended for installations where ASTM based
direct LIS query or so called indirect LIS query can be used. LIS
query (“LISA”) is now included with the Workstation software.

These settings must be defined in Settings/Tube barcode format. They

can also be checked or changed inside the Loading Wizard.

If no sample barcodes are used then Create worklist must be used.

You should then be very careful that the samples are loaded as defined in
the software.

Barcode Always select “Allow renaming (renumber)” in the NEO mode if N

options in NEO switching from serum mode. If only running in NEO mode then this
assays selection is default.
Controls in NEO Controls in NEO assays have to be defined either in the worklist as N
assays &1, &2, &3 etc., or in the MultiCalc assay protocol as named
controls, e.g. LOW, MEDIUM, HIGH.
Tips and Additional Loading assumes that you provide the necessary amount of O
dilution vessels tips and dilution vessels. Also the buffer bottle must be open and the
are not checked reagent vials must have evaporation caps placed properly on them. The
during Loading Wizard during additional loading does not check for these
Additional items. During normal loading the Loading Wizard does run a complete
Loading check for required consumables.
Only Help in The Chinese Help is updated. When Chinese AutoDELFIA version is N
Chinese installed, the help is in Chinese but the user interface, including Loading
Wizard, is in English.
Folate and B12 For Folate and B12 the older program version (e.g. version 2.0 rev 2 and N
are not Service Pack 5) has to be used.
supported

70002053 Revision: I 2/37

 Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

T3 and T4 can The T3 and T4 assays can not be used in Additional loading, only in the O
not be used in original loading.
Additional
loading
T3, T4, B12 and T3, T4, B12 and Folate protocol numbers are restricted for user made N
Folate protocol protocols too. The user protocol numbers 972, 976, 929, 930 cannot be
numbers are used.
disabled
Dilution in NEO Do not use dilution factor with control samples or worklist in NEO N
assays mode. The dilution will not be done but the result is multiplied by the
dilution factor in MultiCalc.
Workstation menu The workstation menu contains items from File to Help. Some of them, N
e.g. maintenance menu, have submenus. Some of these menu items can
be disabled during the operation. Restarting the workstation program
will restore the menu.
Hidden windows In some situations one window can be hidden behind another one. If so N
then please move the window in front to the side or use the task bar to
activate the correct window.
Restart after run When an assay run is stopped due an error in the instrument or by user O
termination selecting Stop run, the system asks the user to restart the workstation and
instrument.
Manual pipetting For serum mode assays with the Sample Processor, the system supports N
manual pipetting of patient samples. Note that after manual pipetting, the
plate must be inserted the same way as it was removed for pipetting,
with the A1 corner close to the IN/OUT button. This is the standard
loading procedure for plates in AutoDELFIA. After manual pipetting
the system does not check the barcode nor strips of the plate.
For manual pipetted samples the dilution factor defined in MultiCalc
protocol is not effective. Do not use any other dilution factors either as
the AutoDELFIA does not perform any dilution on manual pipet
samples. A predilution factor can still be used.
For manual pipetted samples we recommend that the samples are
defined in Create list after loading samples to be pipetted by the
Sample processor. Use the Back button after loading the samples to
access Create list. This causes the manual pipetted samples to be placed
as the last wells on the last plate. For pipetting instructions see the
Reports / Plate map in Workstation.
Control rack Do not load the control rack on Sample Processor conveyor until the N
loading program asks you to do so. If you load the control rack together with
the sample racks, the software will ask you to remove the control rack.

70002053 Revision: I 3/37

 Known Issue Description / Remedy Note

Dual label assay In dual label assays reporting limits must be given in FACTORS with O
export to ABSLIM, like:
LifeCycle ABSLIM = 200 25000 10 700
The line must be in the MultiCalc A label protocol.
LifeCycle and The user has to manually check the printouts from MultiCalc to O
AutoDELFIA verify if the result in LifeCycle should be accepted or not. Possible
flags error flags are not sent to LifeCycle. Users shall view MultiCalc
printouts as sole media to check assay and all abnormalities. Based on
assay printout they sign results in LifeCycle.
Counter signal NEO mode must be activated and the workstation rebooted in NEO N
level test mode before running the Maintenance / Counter signal level test,
also if using the Sample processor.
MultiCalc protocol Editing the MultiCalc protocols in MultiCalc must be done carefully. N
editing We recommend using the Assay Editor in the Workstation for
editing the protocols as editing in MultiCalc allows such settings which
cannot be interpreted in the Workstation program.
Use of Options/ After any operation selected in the Maintenance menu, the user N
Reset must click on Options / Reset. Otherwise starting the next assay cannot
create the history file. Reset shall be clicked also after every operation
mode change ( NEO / Serum ). It is recommended to always perform
Reset before a run.
Assay with The assay with dilutions must be selected first if using only end controls N
dilutions must and one or several of these controls are diluted. If having controls also
be loaded first elsewhere in the plate then the assays can be selected in any order.
if using only Please note that AutoDELFIA can still only do one dilution per sample
end controls or control tube.
More than one Using more than one replicate for the patient samples can cause a N
replicate for situation when the last well of a plate is left empty as the replicates must
unknowns can be on the same plate. In this case an empty line will be written into the
lead to empty worklist. MultiCalc will see this as a sample, and from this on the
wells between averages will be calculated using the wrong pairs of samples. Please
plates check the plate maps to confirm that there are no empty wells
between plates of the same assay!
Loading of 19 Loading 19 racks plus a 20th rack with one or two sample tubes in the O
racks + one or Sample processor will cause a situation when the first loaded rack will
two samples in be stucked at the barcode reading position. This prevents the proper
the 20th rack loading of the control rack, which later on leads to a run failure. Same
kind of situation may also happen with the second loaded rack if more
racks are loaded. Please check that no rack is stuck in the barcode
reading position prior to loading the control rack, and if so, restart
the loading with a different amount of sample tubes!

70002053 Revision: I 4/37

 SDB-1297/1235-E60
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää September 14, 2010 PAGE 1 OF 4 PAGES

PURPOSE:

This SDB contains important information about Tecan XLP 3000 pumps.

1.) Overtensioned drive belt in one batch of Tecan XLP 3000 pumps

Tecan has informed us that the drive belts in the XLP3000 pumps manufactured
from October 12. 2009 through March 18. 2010 may break due to overtensioning. In
the event the belt breaks, one or more of the following may occur:

Tecan XLP 3000 pump drive belt

• A clunking noise generated by a break, or fraying of cords in the belt (the belt
stays intact).
• Pump operation stops and a plunger overload is issued by the pump.
• A change in the precision of dispensing.

Tecan has determined the root cause of this issue and implemented corrective
actions.

Affected pumps

Attached is a list of 88 affected pumps installed in the 1297 AutoDELFIA Sample

Processors. All of these pumps should be replaced during the next preventive
maintenance visit.

Additionally 32 pumps have been delivered as spare part and the present location is
unknown. The serial numbers of the pumps are:

910003463 910007963 911006036 911006049

910005383 910007964 911006037 911006050
910005388 910007968 911006038 911006051
910005389 911006026 911006039 911006052
910005390 911006029 911006041 911009636
910005391 911006033 911006042 1001000282
910005392 911006034 911006043 1001000286
910007962 911006035 911006044 1001000287

Please check if you have any of the above pumps in stock and if you have replaced
pump(s) after October 2009 then check the serial number during next service visit.
All the pumps listed above will be replaced free of charge. Please contact Ville
Taina, ville.taina@perkinelmer.com for warranty replacement.
AD-SDB-E60.docx September 14, 2010 Page 2

2.) Drive belt replacement

Tecan does not recommend belt replacement in the field because a special tool is
needed for proper belt tension adjustment. The whole pump should be replaced
instead the belt.

3.) Lubricant for Tecan XLP 3000 pump

The lead screw of Tecan XPL 300 pump is teflon coated and should not need any
lubricant. If the pump is noisy a small amount of Lubriplate DS-ES 13786 lubricant
can be used to reduce the noise. The part number for 28g (1.75oz) tube of this
lubricant is 11130022.

NAME: Grease
TYPE: Lubriplate DS-ES 13786
MANUFACTURER: Lubriplate Lubricants Co.
DETAILS: 1.75 oz (28 g) tube

Do not in any circumstances use any other lubricant for Tecan XLP 3000
because the other kind of lubricant may damage the teflon coating of the lead
screw. This has been experienced in the field!
AD-SDB-E60.docx September 14, 2010 Page 3

List of the 1297 Sample Processors having Tecan XLP 3000 pump with
overtensioned drive belt
All these pumps listed below should be replaced during next service visit. Please
order new pumps for the instrument(s) in your area. After the replacement, send the
defective pumps back to Turku a.s.a.p, latest before end of 2011. The instructions for
free of charge return shipment will be supplied with the new pumps. Your account
will be credited after we have received the defective pumps.

Customer Country PP S/N SP S/N Pump nr Pump Serial

Biomnis (C. Levy), Paris France France 2351063 2970836 1  910003462
2  910003461
3  910003460
4  910003459
Auckland, New Zealand New Zealand 2351065 2970837 1  910005382
2  910005381
3  910005380
4  910005379
PerkinElmer, Beijing, China China 2351066 2970838 1  910005378
2  910007975
3  910007973
4  910007972
Huzhou (Bio-San), Zhejiang, China China 2351070 2970839 1  910007965
2  910007969
3  910007976
4  910007974
Zhejiang Provincial (Bio-San), China China 2351071 2970840 1  910007971
2  910007970
3  910007966
4  910007967
NAPS B1, Fresno, California, USA USA 2351074 2970841 1  910009861
2  910009860
3  910009859
4  910009858
Wenzhou (Bio-San), Zhejiang, China China 2351069 2970842 1  910009862
2  910005395
3  910005394
4  910005393
Wuhan Aote, China China 2351076 2970843 1  911006025
2  911006040
3  910005397
4  910005396
Agha Khan Univ Hosp, Karachi, Pakistan Pakistan 2351078 2970844 1  911009639
2  911009644
3  911009643
4  911009642
Osp San Donato, Arezzo, Italy Italy 2351073 2970845 1  1001000285
2  1001000290
3  1001000289
4  911009641
AD-SDB-E60.docx September 14, 2010 Page 4

Rizhao (Bio-San), Shandong, China China 2351079 2970846 1  911009640

2  911009637
3  911009638
4  911009635
Jinhua (Bio-San), Zhejiang, China China 2351080 2970847 1  911006030
2  911006032
3  911006027
4  911006031
MOH (Bio-San), China China 2351084 2970848 1  1001000281
2  1001000283
3  1001000284
4  1001000288
Nanjing, China China 2351060 2970849 1  911006028
3  911006053
Sichuan Provincial Hosp., China China 2351086 2970850 1  1002004345
2  1002004358
3  1002004359
4  1002004360
Xijing Hospital, Xi’an, China China 2351083 2970851 1  1002004356
2  1002004355
3  1002004353
4  1002004352
CERBA, France France 2351087 2970852 2  1002004357
3  1002004354
Biomnis (M.Merieux), Lyon, France France 2351085 2970853 1  1003000910
2  1003000911
3  1003000905
4  1003000908
Agha Khan Univ Hosp, Karachi, Pakistan Pakistan 2351088 2970854 1  1003000909
2  1003000918
3  1003000917
4  1003000904
China National Aerotech China 2970855 1  1003000922
2  1003000921
3  1003000920
      4  1003000923
Tu Du Hospital, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam Vietnam 2351089 2970856 1  1003000915
2  1003000906
3  1003000907
4  1003000919
China National Aerotech China 2970857 1  1003000916
2  1003000912
3  1003000913
      4  1003000914
China National Aerotech China 2970858 1  1002005205
2  1002005209
3  1002005208
      4  1002005207
 SDB-1297/1235-E61
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
nd
PREPARED BY: Stefan Ragnell 2 of February 2011 PAGE 1 OF 3 PAGES

Subjects:
1. Parts replaced in Hamilton to Tecan/Cavro upgrade kit 1297-014

2. Liquid detection problems in 1297 Sample Processor

Messages like “Empty” and “liquid level detector calibration failed!” appears. Improved liquid detection
with 61007934 Shielded tube set and with 61008964 new tray for dilution strips_1297 AutoDELFIA

3. Installation of the shielded tube set

1. Parts replaced in Hamilton to Tecan/Cavro upgrade kit 1297-014

AutoDELFIA
The following washers and nuts have been replaced to acid-proof ones:

- 11250039 => 11250051

- 11250002 => 11250048
- 11250001 => 11250047
- 11250041 => 11250066
- 11278003 => 11278035
AD-SDB-E61.docx 2nd of February, 2011 Page 2

2. Liquid detection problems in 1297 Sample Processor.

Messages like “Empty” and “liquid level detector calibration failed!” appears. Improved liquid detection
with 61007934 Shielded tube set and with 61008964 new tray for dilution strips_1297 AutoDELFIA

This is copied from SDB-1297/1235-E53:

AutoDELFIA® liquid detection and fluorescent lamps with electronic ballasts

We have found that disturbances from electronic ballasts used in modern fluorescent lamps can
cause liquid detection failures with the AutoDELFIA Sample processor. The liquid detection is
especially sensitive during sample dilution, with the diluents inside the probe. The error has
typically been an “Empty” message; meaning that the probe has never found the liquid and no
sample was pipetted. We have also found “Liquid level detector calibration failed” messages
in the History browser.

Electronic ballasts are gaining in popularity as they have certain advantages, for example
energy saving, compared to the traditional magnetic ballasts. Unfortunately the electronic
ballasts work on a frequency between 25 – 100 kHz, which can interfere with sensitive
electronic equipment, as the AutoDELFIA Sample processor.

If you have customers having liquid detection problems with the Sample processor, please
check that there are no fluorescent lamps with electronic ballasts close to the AutoDELFIA.
Also for new installations you should try to avoid lamps with electronic ballasts close to the
AutoDELFIA, or if using these, select a model with filtering.

We are currently investigating different solution on how to prevent these disturbances.

This concerns only the liquid detection in the Sample processor, not in the Plate processor.
AD-SDB-E61.docx 2nd of February, 2011 Page 3

The liquid detection is less sensitive for disturbances when the tube set is shielded and
grounded. Now available:

The liquid detection is especially sensitive during sample dilution, with the diluents inside
the probe. This has been improved by better grounding of the tray for dilution strips. The
thickness of the new tray aluminum plate has been increased from 6mm to 10mm.
Note! If no dilutions are made there is no need for the new tray!
AD-SDB-E61.docx 2nd of February, 2011 Page 4

3. Installation of the shielded tube set

Install the tube guide to the tube support by opening the two 4x12mm screws (see below
picture) and tight the support using the same screws:

Open the lid of the tube guide and guide the tubes in the same order they come from the
support piece and put the lid on (be sure no tubes are outside the slots):
AD-SDB-E61.docx 2nd of February, 2011 Page 5

Install the tube set so the tube guide is slightly angled to the right seen from the rear and
the tubes goes nicely as in the picture below:
AD-SDB-E61.docx 2nd of February, 2011 Page 6

The ground wire is attached to the chassis as in the picture below:

The shielded bundle of tubes is guided through the back of the instrument as earlier:

The rest is normal installation routine!

 SDB-1297/1235-E62
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Stefan Ragnell June 21, 2011 PAGE 1 OF 3 PAGES

Problem:

Old power supply 11710031 is not available anymore and the new power supply 11710059
does not replace the old one as it is.
1235 Old power supplies:

AutoDELFIA Old Power Supply Not Available

1235 New design:

Note! If the plate processor is manufactured 1996 and earlier, check that there is a RGF
board installed in the instrument and not the old RQV. See SIL #3 for further information.
AD-SDB-E62.docx June 21 2011 Page 2

1297 Old power supply:

1297 New design:

For both units the connection panels as well as the wiring assemblies have changed and
the power supplies are attached to the instruments with mounting brackets.
AD-SDB-E62.docx June 21 2011 Page 3

There are two different power supply kits available:

61009047 SP KIT Power Supply for 1235 AutoDELFIA

61009048 SP KIT Power Supply for 1297 Sample Processor

61009047 SP KIT Power Supply for 1235 AutoDELFIA

2x 11710059 power supply

2x 10468388 mounting bracket
8x 10468387 raising screw
8x 11274172 Hexagon socket countersunk head screw, M4x8, acid-proof
8x 11274160 Hexagon socket head cap screw, M4x8, acid-proof
8x 11250048 Serrated lock washer, A 4.3, acid-proof
8x 11250054 washer 4.3/9 x 0.8, acid-proof
1x 10859152 connection panel 1235
2x 10858721 wiring assembly CA127
2x 11830013 Fuse 6.25 A

61009048 SP KIT Power Supply for 1297 Sample Processor

1x 11710059 power supply

1x 10460520 mounting bracket
4x 10468387 raising screw
4x 11250054 washer 4.3/9 x 0.8, acid-proof
2x 11274161 screw 4x6
1x 10859778 connection panel 1297
1x 10859145 wiring assembly CA138
2x 11830017 Fuse 4A

Installation instructions

1. Remove the connection panel and the old power supply/supplies

2. Install the raising screws and the mounting brackets with the attached power
supply/supplies (see picures on previous pages).
 SDB-1297/1235-E63
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Stefan Ragnell June 21, 2011 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGE

Problem: 10860410 Hamilton maintenance kit 12kk and 10861665 Hamilton

maintenance kit 6 kk are not available anymore!

As stated in SIL-1297/1235-E34, which was released in December 2002, the manufacturing of

Hamilton pumps 11710033 used in AutoDELFIA sample processor 1297-004 and in older 1297-014

AutoDELFIA No parts for Hamilton pumps

has been discontinued and replaced with Cavro pumps. Now about 9 years later we have been
running out of spare parts for the Hamilton pumps and followed by this the above mentioned
Hamilton maintenance kits are not available anymore.

Solution: Hamilton to Tecan upgrade kit 10869201

As stated in SDB-1297/1235-E51 the manufacturing of the Cavro pumps has been discontinued and
the new model, Tecan XLP3000, pn 11464013, has been taken in use in 1297 Sample processors.

For those 1297-014 instruments still having the Hamilton pumps need to upgrade the instrument
with the Tecan pumps using the above kit number. Upgrade instructions and more detailed
information on the Tecan pumps can be found in SDB-1297/1235-E51

If there are still (should not) any 1297-004 in use, we unfortunately have to announce that we cannot
support them anymore. Last instrument left production line 1994 and we managed to support them
for 17 years before running out of parts.
 SDB-1297/1235-E64
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää June 17, 2011 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform AutoDELFIA service personnel that the model
of the plate processor barcode reader has changed.

GENERAL:

The Welch Allyn 3701/B-2221 barcoder reader used in AutoDELFIA Plate

Processor since year 1997 is no longer available. The new Plate Processors, S/N
2351111, -1123, -1125 and all from 2351127 onward have new reader, JADAK
JDK-1662, part number 11700052.

1235 New Barcode Reader

PROCEDURE:

Replacing Welch Allyn 3701/B-2221 with Jadak JDK-1662

The spare part kit, pn 61008967 contains all parts which are needed to replace the
Welch Allyn 3701/B-2221 reader with Jadak JDK-1662.

61008967

Part list for 61008967

Item Part number Qty Description
15 11700052 1 Bar code reader_ 5V RS-232_ JDK-1662
38 11274158 4 Screw M3 x 6
40 61008298 1 Mounting plate
41 61007823 1 Control plate_ Al plate thickness=1.5_ 1235
42 11250056 4 Washer 3.2/7x0.5

Install the new barcode reader as shown above.

Fix the barcode reader to the upmost position on the control plate (= item 41).
Run the coordinates for the barcode reader.
AD-SDB-E64.docx June 17, 2011 Page 2

Replacing BIU 3060H with Jadak JDK-1662

If the oldest reader model, BIU 3060H which was used in AutoDELFIA plate
processors up to S/N 2350409, has to be replaced with Jadak JDK-1662 the
following parts are needed:

61008967 barcode reader spare part kit

10862082 MODULAR CABLE_ 8S-8S_ FC241 10461920
10861475 Connection board RGH

• Remove the whole barcode reader unit

• Remove the old barcode reader
• Replace the old cable with the new
one, pn 10862082. See the drawing →
• Replace the RQF connection board
with RGH, pn 10861475
• Install the new barcode reader as
shown in the first page Cable 10862028

• Fix the barcode reader to the upmost

position on the control plate (= item 41).

Load the service program

Set the BARCODE parameter P4 to “1” as follows:

Important !
When P4 is set to
”1”, switch the
instrument off and
on. Load the
service program
and do the
initialization.
Run the coordinates for the barcode reader.
 SDB-1297/1235-E65
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää June 17, 2011 PAGE 1 OF 3 PAGES

PURPOSE:

The purpose of this SDB is to inform AutoDELFIA service personnel that

AutoDELFIA software V2.1 rev 2 has been launched.

GENERAL:

AutoDELFIA software V2.1 rev 2 will be included in all new AD system deliveries.
The main differences compared to V2.1 are:

AutoDELFIA Software V2.1 rev 2

• The software notifies if a control tube is loaded in a patient sample rack, moves
the rack out and asks the user to remove the tube.
• An unload sample button is added to “MyTask” to make it easier to unload
samples during a run.
• The barcode reading mode change is disabled in the loading wizard to prevent
users from changing the mode by mistake.
• Visual outlook of the Workstation User Interface is improved.
• The continue button is disabled if the plate barcode is incorrect. This is to
prevent loading a plate of a wrong assay.
• Starting the Loading Wizard, including additional loading, is disabled in case of
a stopped run.
• General terminology change from NEO mode to DBS mode. DBS mode in
documentation means exactly the same as NEO mode before. The new term is
taken into use because we have now also an assay for prenatal screening using
dried blood spot (DBS) samples.

V2.1 rev 2 is the first AD version running under Windows 7. The new AutoDELFIA
PC will be DELL OptiPlex XE PC with Windows 7, see the attachments for more
details.

System requirements
The required operating system is Windows XP, Service Pack 3 or the 32 bit
Windows 7 Professional, Service Pack 1. Note: This software version does not
run in 64 bit version of Windows 7.
The software is compatible with AutoDELFIA PC models Dell 620, 745, 755, Lenovo
M58P, HP Compaq dc7900 and Dell OptiPlex XE. Using dual core, which speeds
up the PC, is allowed with this software version.
AD-SDB-E65.docx June 17, 2011 Page 2

Printer
The USB printer connected to AutoDELFIA PC must support HP PCL commands. V2.1
rev 2 is tested with Lexmark E232 and E260 which is the current printer model. The
detail updated printer installation instruction is found in section 8 in the 1235 Instrument
manual (a .pdf version is found on the V2.1 installation CD).

PROCEDURE:

V2.1 rev 2 is not a mandatory update, but is strongly recommended for customers using
V2.1, due to the corrections and improvements done to V2.1!

The new software version can be acquired by ordering:

• the 1235-8070 AutoDELFIA software update package, containing the software
CD, the updated manuals and the Release notes
• a 1235-8060 AutoDELFIA PC.
• a new AutoDELFIA system 1235-501, 1235-514 or 1235-714.
The detail installation and updating instructions are found in section 8 in the new 1235
Instrument manual (a .pdf version is found on the V2.1 rev 2 installation CD).

Updating a system from V2.1 to V2.1 rev 2

The installation software checks whether the previous AutoDELFIA software is found on
the hard drive. If V2.1 is found, the current DELFIA, SYS and WIACALC folders are
copied into C:\ADBackup folder. After backup, new files are installed. Note: the FLASH
ROMs are not updated because they are not changed.

Updating a system from V2.0 or earlier version to V2.1 rev 2

If the installation finds V2.0 rev 2 or earlier version on the hard drive the installation
stops. In this case you must follow carefully the update instructions found in the
Instrument manual to avoid any loss of the information and settings. Special attention
needs to be paid to preserving the local modifications made on the system settings.

Using “Standard VGA Graphics Adapter” driver in Windows 7

If MultiCalc can not display full screen graphics in Windows 7, install Standard VGA
driver using the following instructions:

1. Right-click on Start menu/Computer and choose Manage from the pop up

menu.
2. Click on Device Manager.
3. Double click on Display adapters.
4. Right-click on the adapter and then choose “Update Driver Software” from
the pop up menu.
5. Select “Browse My Computer for Driver Software” option.
AD-SDB-E65.docx June 17, 2011 Page 3

6. Click on “Let me pick from a list of device drivers on my computer”

option.

7. Select and highlight “Standard VGA Graphics Adapter” from the list when
prompted to select a device driver you want to install for this hardware. Click
on Next.

8. Windows 7 will install the new standard VGA video driver to replace the
original driver for your graphics accelerator. Wait while the driver is installed.
9. Click on Close or OK button on all dialog boxes repetitively until you are back
to the desktop or your computer restarted.
10. Restart the computer.
Select the native resolution of the used monitor. 1280 * 1024 is normal resolution for 17”
displays.
Attachments: Release Notes, 70002053 Revision K
1003-0440, Specifications for Dell E170S Flat panel display
1003-0450, Specifications for Dell Optiplex XE, SFF chassis
 Wallac Oy, Mustionkatu 6, FI-20750,
Turku, Finland.
Tel: 358-2-2678 111.
Fax: 358-2-2678 357.
Website: www.perkinelmer.com

Release Notes
1235 AutoDELFIA® Software Version 2.1 revision 2
The new AutoDELFIA software version 2.1 comes with several new or improved capabilities.

The user interface for running assays is now completely implemented in the new Loading Wizard
replacing the Load list and Create List functions of the previous software versions. New user assistance
documentation was created, including a new user manual, quick guides and help system.

The six key enhancements in the version 2.1 offering new value to customers are:

1. Loading Wizard extended. The Loading Wizard provides easy to learn and efficient user interface
for occasional and routine use. Version 2.0 introduced Additional Loading. The Loading Wizard
now replaces the Additional Loading, as well as the Load list/Create list functions in the previous
software versions, and provides full support for initial loading and additional loading. The
limitations for sample bar-coding and reusing racks have been eliminated.
2. System Liquids refill. The new software allows the user to empty the waste and refill the rinse
and wash liquids while the system is running. The tip tray cleaning during the run reduces the risk
of tip removal failure when a large number of plates are used.
3. Background check. After the assay run or before a new assay is loaded, the user may select to
run a background check. If the background is too high the cleaning of measurement head can be
initiated at convenient time.
4. Routine use taskbar. The task bar “My task” now contains the functions necessary to start and
report the assays. The maintenance functions are still in the menu bar.
5. AutoDELFIA Alert. The new software version can alert the operator by sending an email when the
run is completed or if something unexpected happens during the run. These messages can also
be stored into a log file.
6. Reports. New functions for viewing and printing rack and plate maps, as well as saving these into
Excel or as PDF files.

Improvements in the revision 2:

• The software notifies if a control tube is loaded in a patient sample rack, moves the rack out and
asks the user to remove the tube.
• An unload sample button is added to “MyTask” to make it easier to unload samples during a run.
• The barcode reading mode change is disabled in the loading wizard to prevent users from
changing the mode by mistake.
• Visual outlook of the Workstation User Interface is improved.
• The continue button is disabled if the plate barcode is incorrect. This is to prevent loading a plate
of a wrong assay.
• Starting the Loading Wizard, including additional loading, is disabled in case of a stopped run.
• General terminology change from NEO mode to DBS mode. DBS mode in documentation means
exactly the same as NEO mode before. The new term is taken into use because we have now
also an assay for prenatal screening using dried blood spot (DBS) samples.

70002053 Revision: K 1/56

The normal use of the instrument, including the new features, is explained in the AutoDELFIA Instrument
and User manuals.

The software is compatible with AutoDELFIA PC models Dell 620, 745, 755, Lenovo M58P, HP Compaq
dc7900, Dell OptiPlex XE and later PC models. Using dual core, which speeds up the PC, is allowed with
this software version.

The required operating system is Windows XP, Service pack 3 or Windows 7, Service Pack 1.

The workstation program is now tested to work with normal user rights. However, the service program
requires Administrator rights.

Software version 2.1 revision 2 has still certain known issues. To avoid these, please read this document
carefully and follow the instructions given.

70002053 Revision: K 2/56

 # Known Issue Description / Remedy

1 No positive ID if creating We do not recommend creating worklists in DBS

worklists in DBS mode mode as there is no barcode check for the samples
or the plates! If possible, barcoded sample collection
cards should be used so that the barcodes can be read
into worklists when the DBS samples are punched, and
the worklists downloaded to AutoDELFIA. If this is
not possible but the samples are entered in the AD
Workstation software then the plate map must be
checked before the run is started! Please select
Reports / Plate map and either print the map or
save it as an Excel or PDF file.
2 Deletion of wells and samples Samples or controls in plate map can not be deleted
is disabled in DBS-mode. by the user in DBS mode. In software versions before
2.1, samples could be deleted and empty wells remain
in a plate map until user clicked the “Pack plates”
button.

If an incorrect sample is added into the plate map, the

whole plate needs to be deleted and the plate map
creation started from the beginning.

In DBS mode it is not possible to leave empty wells

(i.e. well without specimen ID) when worklist is done
by using the Create New –operation.
3 Worklist names are case- AutoDELFIA requires uppercase letters in the
sensitive in AutoDELFIA. names of the worklist files, e.g. NIRT.W01. Please
make sure that the software creating worklist, e.g. the
puncher software, use uppercase letters.
4 Controls in DBS assays Controls in DBS assays have to be defined either in
the worklist as &1, &2, &3 etc., or in the assay
protocol as named controls, e.g. LOW, MEDIUM,
HIGH. If using Create List, then the controls may
only be defined in the assay protocol.

End control levels will be left out automatically, if

all replicates do not fit into same plate.

70002053 Revision: K 3/56

 # Known Issue Description / Remedy

5 Entering or loading the same The possibility to use “duplicates”, ie the same sample
sample ID several times ID several times, is restricted and depends on the mode
used:
Loading worklists in DBS mode: The software
accepts duplicates. If these are on consecutive rows
then the software will change these into one sample
with several replicates.
Creating worklists in DBS mode: If a sample ID is
entered several times then the previous sample will be
automatically deleted and the plate will be packed.
Please check the plate map before the run!

Loading or creating worklists in serum mode: The

software will display an error message “Duplicate
barcodes found” and refuse to load worklists
containing duplicates, or enter the same sample ID
twice.
Loading duplicate samples in serum mode: The
software will display an error message “Duplicate
barcodes found” and gives the user an option to skip or
remove the sample.
6 Replicates when loading The replicates for the unknowns must be set to 1 in
worklists in DBS mode the assay protocol if loading worklists in DBS mode.
Definitions of replicates must be in the worklist.
7 Localization This version is not localized to Chinese.
8 Folate and B12 are not For Folate and B12 the older program version (e.g.
supported version 2.0 rev 2 and Service Pack 5) has to be used.
9 Limitation in protocol The protocol numbers 972, 976, 929, 930 cannot be
numbering. used for user made protocols.

10 Workstation menu The workstation menu contains items from File to

Help. Some of them, e.g. maintenance menu, have
submenus. Some of these menu items can be disabled
during the operation. Restarting the workstation
program will restore the menu.
11 Hidden windows In some situations one window can be hidden behind
another one. If so then please move the window in
front to the side or use the task bar to activate the
correct window.

70002053 Revision: K 4/56

 # Known Issue Description / Remedy

12 Manual pipetting For serum mode assays with the Sample Processor, the
system supports manual pipetting of patient samples.
Note that after manual pipetting, the plate must be
inserted the same way as it was removed for pipetting,
with the A1 corner close to the IN/OUT button. This is
the standard loading procedure for plates in
AutoDELFIA. After manual pipetting the system
does not check the barcode nor strips of the plate.
For manual pipetted samples the dilution factor defined
in MultiCalc protocol is not effective. Do not use any
other dilution factors either as the AutoDELFIA does
not perform any dilution on manual pipet samples. A
predilution factor can still be used.
For manual pipetted samples we recommend that
the samples are defined in Create list after loading
samples to be pipetted by the Sample processor. Use
the Back button after loading the samples to access
Create list. This causes the manual pipetted samples to
be placed as the last wells on the last plate. For
pipetting instructions see the Reports / Plate map in
Workstation.

13 Dual label assay export to In dual label assays reporting limits must be given in
LifeCycle FACTORS with ABSLIM, for example:
ABSLIM = 200 25000 10 700
The line must be in the MultiCalc A label protocol.
14 LifeCycle and AutoDELFIA The user has to manually check the printouts from
flags MultiCalc to verify if the result in LifeCycle should
be accepted or not. Possible error flags are not sent to
LifeCycle. Users shall view MultiCalc printouts as sole
media to check assay and all abnormalities. Based on
assay printout they sign results in LifeCycle.
15 Use of Options/ Reset After any operation selected in the Maintenance
menu, the user must click on Options / Reset.
Otherwise starting the next assay cannot create the
history file. It is recommended to always perform
Reset before a run.

70002053 Revision: K 5/56

 # Known Issue Description / Remedy

16 MultiCalc not responding due In Windows 7, it is possible that MultiCalc is not

to wrong graphics driver with responding after trying to change into window mode
Windows 7. when full screen graphics are displayed.
The issue can be corrected by installing a Standard
VGA Graphics Adapter –driver (See AutoDELFIA
Instrument Manual). Factory installed PCs have the
driver installed.
If the driver is not installed in systems using Windows
7, the user should avoid changing the view using
Alt+Tab or Alt+Enter when viewing graphics in
MultiCalc. This causes one minute black screen and a
restart of MultiCalc.
17 System exception Opening the “Processor temperature and pressure”
notifications during process window from “Options” – “Show Temperature” is
initialisation. not recommended during process intialisation. If
this is done after the Loading Wizard is closed and the
“Process initialisation” window is still on screen, one
or several system exception dialog boxes will appear.
The boxes can still be closed by clicking “OK” without
further problems.

70002053 Revision: K 6/56

WALLAC PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1003-0450
First version: 101210 R. Linja-aho Revision: -

NAME: Wallac PC
VALUE: ---
TYPE: Optiplex XE, SFF chassis
MANUFACTURER: Dell
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: European, US and Canadian electrical safety certification required
DETAILS: Without monitor
Product includes one Lithium battery 3V CR2032 coin cell

TECHNICAL DATA:

Component Description
Chassis SFF chassis
Processor Intel Celeron 440 single core processor, 2.0GHz, 800 MHz FSB, 512 KiB - minimum requirement
Chipset Intel Q45 Express w/ICH10DO
Video controller Integrated Intel GMA 4500
Sound controller Integrated audio
Network interface Integrated dual Broadcom
Memory (four slots) 2 GiB 1066 MHz DDR3 Non-ECC Dual Channel - minimum requirement
Flash bios The supplier reports any bios upgrades to Wallac
Storage Serial ATA 160 GB or bigger hard disk drive 7200 rpm
Optical storage 8xDVD-ROM drive
Floppy drive -
Drive bays One 3.5” internal (HDD), one 5.25” (ODD)
Expansion slots One low profile PCI Express x 16, one low profile PCI
Power supply 280 W auto-sensing
One VGA and one DisplayPort,
two RJ-45 network ports,
two serial ports,
I/O ports
6 USB 2.0 ports, one 24 V powered USB port,
microphone/ stereo in, stereo out,
two PS/2
Mouse USB 2-Button Wheel Optical USB
Keyboard US Keyboard, USB 104 Key
Approvals CE, UL, CSA (cUL)
User's manual On hard disk
Reinstallation media Recovery DVD included
Operating system MS Windows 7 Professional 32bit

Operating environment: Chassis:

Parameter Value Parameter Value

Temperature 10...45°C Height 85 mm
Relative humidity (non-condensing) 20...80 % Width 290 mm
Depth 324 mm
Weight 6.5 kg

Photos:

PAGE 1/2 PRINTED 280611

WALLAC PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1003-0450

PAGE 2/2 PRINTED 280611

WALLAC PRODUCT SPECIFICATION 1003-0440
First version: 101210 R. Linja-aho Revision: -

NAME: Flat display for PC

VALUE: 17” TFT monitor
SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS: TCO99; European, US and Canadian electrical safety certification required
DETAILS: ---

TECHNICAL DATA:

MONITOR TYPE: 17" Flat Panel Display – Active matrix TFT LCD

SPECIFICATIONS (Dell E170S shown):

Parameter Value
Size 17.0" viewable image size
Aspect ratio 4:3
Response time 5 ms typical
2
Brightness 250 cd/m typical
Contrast ratio 800 to 1
Horizontal viewing angle 160º
Vertical viewing angle 160º
Connections 15-pin-VGA D-subminiature analog RGB
Optimal preset resolution 1280 x 1024 / 60 Hz
Pixel pitch 0.264mm
Operating voltage 100 to 240 V 50/60 Hz
Energy consumption 17 W, standby <1 W
Frame and stand color Black

Operating environment:
Parameter Value
Temperature 5...35 °C
Relative humidity (non-condensing) 10...80 %

Chassis:
Parameter Value
Height (compressed/ landscape mode) 381 mm
Width 375 mm
Depth 137 mm
Weight with packaging 5.2 kg

Photo: Connections:

PAGE 1/1 PRINTED 280611

 SDB-1297/1235-E66
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Stefan Ragnell 7-October-2011 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

Subject: Shielded tube set assembled wrongly –tube(s) might be

squeezed and damaged.
It has been noticed that the resently released shielded tubeset have been assembled
wrongly. The tubes have been squeezed between the support pieces, because too
much tape has been used. Followed by this the tubes might have been squeezed and
damaged.

Solution
The support piece has been redesigned to give more space for the tubes:

Old support piece New support piece

AutoDELFIA

None of the 1297 Sample processors with the factory installed shielded tubes have this
problem, but ordered spare part sets might have damaged tubes.

If you have as a spare part a shielded tube set with the old support piece, check
that the tube is not squeezed and damaged. If this is the case do not use the tube
set!
If the tube set already has been installed and it has passed the accuracy test that is
a part of the probe replacement routine no further actions needed. If the tube set
has been replaced and the accuracy test has not been performed, then the tube set
should be visually checked and replaced if damaged.
 SDB-1297/1235-E67
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää January 9, 2012 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

The purpose of this SDB is to inform AutoDELFIA service personnel about the
mechanical change in the intermediate tank and that the washer unit does not
include washer manifold if ordered as spare part.

INTERMEDIATE TANK, pn 10258959

The paper disks may enter the vacuum sensor tube causing vacuum errors. In
order to prevent this problem the metal tube for the vacuum sensor silicon tube is

1235 Intermediate tank and washer unit

pressed deeper into the intermediate tank. The metal tube is seen 10mm inside of
the new tanks as show in the picture below. The new tanks are installed in all 1235
Plate Processors from SN 2351186 onward.

Vacuum Check that no disks in the The metal tube for the vacuum sensor
sensor vacuum sensor tube. is sticking 10mm out inside of the tank.

To vacuum sensor

Intermediate tank, pn 10258959

WASHER UNIT, pn 10858570

The washer manifold is no longer supplied with the washer unit, pn 10858570. The
washer manifold, pn 10358593, has to be ordered separately. These two parts are
made by two different subcontractors and for logistical reasons the manifold has
been removed from the washer unit part list.
 SDB-1297/1235-E68
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää April 30, 2012 PAGE 1 OF 1 PAGES

PROBLEM: Stepping error when removing the tip to the waste tray
Due to mechanical tolerances in the mechanical parts of the reagent pipette the
Up-down mover stepping error may occur while removing the tip from the pipette
to the waste tray. Below is an example of this error:
ReagDisp 11:34:47 606 Tip to be removed next
RightDisp 11:35:04 606 Up-down mover stepping difference 639
RightDisp 11:35:04 606 Up-down mover stepping error.
RightDisp 11:35:05 606 Tip test: Value=42 Limit=51. Tip is not on pipette
RightDisp 11:35:12 606 Tip test: Value=43 Limit=51. Tip is not on pipette

Reagent pipette, up – down stepping error

ReagDisp 11:35:19 606 Plate removed. Error in reagent dispenser
ReagDisp 11:35:19 606 End of operation DILUE31.
The serial numbers of the pipettes where this error may occur are 3900 – 4143.
These pipettes are installed in the Plate Processors SN 2351148…2351199 and
approximately 80 pipettes are delivered for spare part.
Please check your spare pipette(s) before installation!
Serial number

The protrusion of the reagent pipette metal head

from the pipette body is typically 18mm. If less
than 17mm then problem in tip removal may
occur.
At least 1mm gap is needed here

18 mm Put a tip to the pipette. Confirm that there is at

least 1mm gap between top of the tip and pipette
body. Test with several tips. If the gap is smaller
the pipette should be replaced.
If the gap is less than 1mm the pressure inside
pipette does not increase when the pipette is
pushed against the rubber plate on the waste
tray. If the increase in pressure is not detected
the tip is pushed harder against waste tray which
will result stepping error. The plate is removed
from the process.
The tip removal can be tested by the service program as follows:
test – unit – etc – disper – WaterTips
Load a dilution vessel filled with water to the first position in the reagent rack. Insert
tips to the reagent rack. Start the test. Tips are soaked in water and then removed
to the waste tray. Confirm that no stepping error occur.
 SDB-1297/1235-E69
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää May 02, 2012 PAGE 1 OF 2 PAGES

SUBJECTS:
1. Leaking tube connectors in the Sample processor shielded tube sets
2. Rinse tube set in the maintenance kit
2. Loose screws on the washer manifold

1. LEAKING TUBE CONNECTORS:

AutoDELFIA tube sets and washer manifold

The subcontractor has changed the manufacturing method of the tube connectors used
in the AutoDELFIA Sample Processor tube sets. The original connectors were
machined, the new ones are molded. The molded connector does not have bevelling at
the end of the connector, see the picture and mechanical drawing below:

The original machined connector has bevelling as shown in

this mechanical drawing.

0.5 x 45° bevelling

New molded tube connector

0.5 x 45° bevelling is missing from molded connectors.

Problem:
The molded connector may leak if the tube is connected to a Cavro pump. This
problem was found in the shielded tube sets 61007934 supplied in the 12 month
maintenance kits, pn 10862441. The molded connector does not go deep enough into
the Cavro valve connector i.e. does not press hard enough against the plastic washer
on the tubing to make a tight connection. This problem is not seen with the Tecan
pumps because the valves are different.
Solution:
This problem has been solved by changing the thickness of the plastic washer from
1.5mm to 2.0mm, see the picture below.

2.0mm washer

The shielded tube sets pn 61007934 G have

2.0mm thick washers.
SDB-1297/1235-E69 May 02, 2012 Page 2

2. RINSE TUBE SET IN THE MAINTENANCE KIT (12 month “Cavro” kit)

The long rinse tube set, pn 10860075 in the 12 month maintenance kit, pn 10862441 is
replaced with normal length rinse tube set pn 10860237 B. The “B” revision indicates
that the thickness of the washers is 2.0mm. The long rinse tubes were needed in very
old 1297-004 sample processors which did not have opening through the instrument
body for the rinse and wash tubes. These old 1297-004 are not in use anymore.

3. LOOSE SCREWS ON WASHER MANIFOLD:

If you replace the washer manifold, check that the two mounting screws of the new
manifold are not loose. If you can turn them with your fingers then secure the screws
with Teflon tape. Make sure that the tape is not protruding from the hole restricting free
up/down movement of the manifold.

Teflon tape (PTFE tape)

 SDB-1297/1235-E70
SERVICE DATA BULLETIN
Turku Site Technical Support Group
Mustionkatu 6
FI-20750 Turku, Finland

ADVISORY
DISTRIBUTION: AutoDELFIA service INTERNAL DIST. ONLY: ⌧ YES NO
PREPARED BY: Antti Suonpää June 04, 2012 PAGE 1 OF 3 PAGES

PURPOSE:
The purpose of this SDB is to inform AutoDELFIA service personnel that the
Service Pack 8 (SP8) for AutoDELFIA software version V2.1 rev 2 is now available.

GENERAL:

AutoDELFIA Service Pack 8 for V2.1 rev 2

SP8 is correction for the sample processor liquid level detection failure which may
happen when detecting liquid level from the sample or control tube during sample
dilution.
The liquid level detection has failed especially with the new shielded tube sets
when the liquid level detection is done with probes which are “overfilled” with
diluent. This failure has caused false “No liquid” and “Clot” messages from the
sample - and control tubes. Additionally “Liquid detector calibration failed” warnings
are often seen in the history file.
SP8 modifies the sample dilution procedure so that the probes are never overfilled
with diluent when detecting liquid level from the sample or control tubes.
SP8 can only be installed if the AutoDELFIA software version is V2.1 rev 2
and the sample processor is installed.
The SP8 is shipped with new Sample Processors and it can also be ordered
separately. The order number is 61009866 and it is free of charge.
The SP8 can be downloaded from the GDS Instrument Technical Information
database in Lotus Notes or from Software – AutoDELFIA folder in Turku Service
FTP at address: ftp://serviceftp:serviceftp@support.wallac.fi/

PROCEDURE:
If you are installing a new system which has sample processor, install the SP8 after
V2.1 rev2 installation.
If you have a system which has liquid level detection problems during sample
dilution then install SP8. Note that the software version has to be V2.1 rev2.
AD-SDB-E70 AutoDELFIA SP8.docx June 04, 2012 Page 2

SP8 Installation:
• Confirm that AutoDELFIA V2.1 rev 2 is installed.
• Close the AutoDELFIA software.
• Login as Administrator.
• Insert the SP8 CD and run Update.exe from the CD.

Click Update to install SP8

 

 
 
Click Finish to exit the wizard.
 

 
AD-SDB-E70 AutoDELFIA SP8.docx June 04, 2012 Page 3

SP8 Uninstallation
If you for some reason want to uninstall the SP8 then proceed as follows:
From Control Panel select “Uninstall a program”

Click “View installed updates”

Select AutoDELFIA SP8 and uninstall it

Note: If you uninstall SP8, the Sample Processor is disabled. To enable the
Sample Processor after SP8 uninstallallation, set SPInUse, SPInstalled and
SPCheck in the C:\DELFIA\EXE\DELFIA.INI file as shown below:

SPInUse=YES
SPInstalled=YES
SPCheck=YES